TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE Foreword ........................................................................................................ vii Acknowledgement ......................................................................................... viii Special Order No. 43 Series of 2005 ............................................................. ix NBCDO Memorandum Circular No. 01 Series of 2005 ................................ x RULE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 101 Title ........................................................................................................... 1 102 Declaration of Policy .................................................................................. 1 103 Scope and Application ............................................................................... 1 104 General Building Requirements .................................................................. 1 105 Site Requirements ..................................................................................... 2 106 Definitions ................................................................................................. 2 - 3 RULE II - ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT 201 Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement ................................... 4 202 Technical Staff ......................................................................................... 4 203 General Powers and Functions of the Secretary ....................................... 4 204 Professional and Technical Assistance ..................................................... 4 - 5 205 Building Officials ....................................................................................... 5 206 Qualifications of Building Officials ............................................................. 5 207 Duties of the Building Official .................................................................... 5 - 7 208 Fees ......................................................................................................... 7 209 Exemption ................................................................................................ 7 210 Use of Income from Fees ......................................................................... 7 - 12 211 Implementing Rules and Regulations ....................................................... 12 212 Administrative Fines ................................................................................. 12 - 14 213 Penal Provisions ....................................................................................... 14 214 Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures ...................................... 14 - 15 215 Abatement of Dangerous Buildings .......................................................... 15 - 16 216 Other Remedies ....................................................................................... 16 Procedure in Enforcing Administrative Sanctions ......................................... 17 - 18 Procedure for Abatement/Demolition of Dangerous/Ruinous Buildings/Structures ................................................. 19 RULE III - PERMITS AND INSPECTION 301 Building Permits ....................................................................................... 20 - 21 302 Application for Permits .............................................................................. 21 - 28 303 Processing of Building Permits ................................................................. 28 - 32 304 Issuance of Building Permits .................................................................... 32 - 33 305 Validity of Building Permits ....................................................................... 33 306 Non-issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits .................. 34 307 Appeal ...................................................................................................... 35 308 Inspection and Supervision of Work ......................................................... 35 309 Certificate of Occupancy .......................................................................... 35 - 36 RULE IV - TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 401 Types of Construction .............................................................................. 37 402 Changes in Types.................................................................................. 37 403 Requirements on Type of Construction............................................... 37 - 38 RULE V - REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES 501 Fire Zones Defined............................................................................. 39 502 Buildings Located in More than One Fire Zone.................................... 39 503 Moved Buildings.................................................................................. 39 504 Temporary Buildings/Structures......................................................... 39 505 Center Lines of Streets........................................................................ 39 506 Restrictions on Existing Buildings...................................................... 39 - 40 507 Designation of Fire Zones.................................................................... 40 RULE VI - FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION 601 Fire-Resistive Rating Defined.............................................................. 41 602 Fire-Resistive Time Period Rating....................................................... 41 603 Fire-Resistive Standards..................................................................... 41 604 Fire-Resistive Regulations................................................................... 41 RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCY 701 Occupancy Classified......................................................................... 42 - 75 702 Change in Use.................................................................................... 76 703 Mixed Occupancy............................................................................... 76 - 77 704 Location on Property.......................................................................... 77 - 79 705 Allowable Floor Areas......................................................................... 79 - 82 706 Allowable Floor Area Increases.......................................................... 83 707 Maximum Height of Buildings............................................................. 83 - 102 708 Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings................................... 102 - 103 709 Requirements for Other Group Occupancies...................................... 104 Guidelines on Building Bulk, Development Control, Buildings & Other Accessory Structures Within Cemeteries and Memorial Parks..................................................... 105 - 113 RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION 801 General Requirements of Light and Ventilation................................... 114 802 Measurement of Site Occupancy....................................................... 114 803 Percentage of Site Occupancy.......................................................... 114 - 120 804 Size and Dimensions of Courts......................................................... 121 - 126 805 Ceiling Heights................................................................................... 127 806 Sizes and Dimensions of Rooms....................................................... 127 807 Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms............... 127 808 Windows Openings............................................................................ 127 - 128 809 Vent Shafts......................................................................................... 129 810 Ventilation Skylights........................................................................... 128 811 Artificial Ventilation............................................................................ 128 - 129 Guidelines on Easements, View Corridors/Sight Lines, Streets/Road Right-of-Way (RROW), Sidewalks, Arcades, Basements, Lots, and Public Buildings/Structures........ 130 - 157 RULE IX - SANITATION 901 General Requirements........................................................................ 158 902 Water Supply System......................................................................... 158 903 Wastewater Disposal System............................................................. 158 904 Storm Drainage System.............................................................. 158 - 159 905 Pest and Vermin Control............................................................ 159 906 Noise Pollution Control.............................................................. 159 907 Pipes Materials.......................................................................... 159 RULE X - BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC STREET 1001 General Requirements.............................................................. 160 1002 Projection into Alleys or Streets................................................ 160 1003 Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets............... 160 1004 Arcades.................................................................................... 161 1005 Canopies (Marquees)............................................................... 162 1006 Movable Awnings or Hoods...................................................... 162 1007 Doors, Windows, and the Like.................................................. 162 1008 Corner Buildings with Chaflans................................................. 162 - 163 RULE XI - PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION 1101 General Requirements.............................................................. 164 1102 Storage in Public Property....................................................... 164 1103 Mixing Mortar on Public Property............................................. 164 1104 Protection of Utilities............................................................... 164 1105 Walkway.................................................................................. 165 1106 Pedestrian Protection.............................................................. 165 - 170 1107 Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices..................... 170 - 176 1108 Demolition............................................................................... 176 - 181 RULE XII - GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 1201 General Requirements.............................................................. 182 1202 Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls........................... 182 - 185 1203 Veneer.................................................................................... 185 1204 Enclosure of Vertical Openings................................................ 185 - 186 1205 Floor Construction................................................................. 186 1206 Roof Construction and Covering.............................................. 186 - 187 1207 Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads........................................... 187 - 199 1208 Skylights................................................................................. 199 - 200 1209 Bays, Porches, and Balconies................................................. 200 1210 Penthouses and Roof Structures............................................. 200 - 201 1211 Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues..................................... 201 - 205 1212 Fire-Extinguishing Systems..................................................... 205 - 208 1213 Stages and Platform............................................................... 208 - 209 1214 Motion Picture Projection Rooms............................................ 210 - 211 1215 Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards.................. 211 RULE XIII - ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REGULATIONS 1301 Electrical Regulations............................................................. 212 - 217 1302 Mechanical Regulations......................................................... 218 - 223 RULE XIV - PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMS 1401 Storage and Handling............................................................. 224 1402 Classes of Film Exempted...................................................... 224 1403 Fire Extinguishing System...................................................... 224 RULE XV - PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTIONS 1501 Prefabricated Assembly............................................................................. 225 RULE XVI - PLASTICS 1601 Approved Plastics..................................................................................... 226 1602 Installation.............................................................................................. 226 1603 Glazing of Openings............................................................................... 226 1604 Skylights................................................................................................. 226 - 227 1605 Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs.................... 227 1606 Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings............................................................ 227 - 228 1607 Partitions................................................................................................. 228 1608 Exterior Veneer....................................................................................... 228 1609 Awnings and Canopies............................................................................ 228 RULE XVII - SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHS 1701 Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booth............................................................... 229 1702 Fire Protection......................................................................................... 229 1703 Light........................................................................................................ 229 1704 Ventilation............................................................................................... 229 - 230 RULE XVIII - GLASS AND GLAZING 1801 General Requirements............................................................................ 231 1802 Area Limitation....................................................................................... 231 1803 Glazing................................................................................................... 232 1804 Louvered Windows.................................................................................. 232 1805 Impact.................................................................................................... 232 RULE XIX - THE USE OF COMPUTERS 1901 General Rule........................................................................................... 233 1902 Program Documentation......................................................................... 233 1903 Submission of Computer-Generated Computations............................... 233 RULE XX - SIGNS 2001 General Requirements............................................................................ 234 2002 Maintenance.......................................................................................... 234 2003 Design and Construction........................................................................ 234 2004 Supports and Anchorages..................................................................... 234 - 236 2005 Projections and Clearances.................................................................... 236 2006 Lighting.................................................................................................. 237 - 239 RULE XXI - TRANSITORY AND FINAL PROVISIONS 2101 Separability Clause.................................................................................. 240 2102 Repealing and Amending Clause............................................................ 240 2103 Effectivity............................................................................................... 240 GLOSSARY................................................................................................... 241 - 253 NEW SCHEDULE OF FEES AND OTHER CHARGES 254 - 270 NBC FORMS 272 - 341 LEGAL OPINIONS 342 - 351 P. D. 1096 (National Building Code of the Philippines) 352 - 416 R.A. 544 (Civil Engineering Law) 417 - 421 R.A. 9266 (Architecture Act of 2004) 422 - 434 NBC FORMS Building Permit/Accessory Permit and Other Forms: 272 - 302 NBC Form No. B - 01 Application for Building Permit/Building Permit 272 - 273 NBC Form No. B - 02 Excavation & Ground Preparation Permit 274 - 275 NBC Form No. B - 03 Fencing Permit 276 - 277 NBC Form No. B - 04 Sidewalk Construction Permit 278 - 279 NBC Form No. B - 05 Temporary Sidewalk Enclosure & Occupancy Permit 280 - 281 NBC Form No. B - 06 Scaffolding Permit 282 - 283 NBC Form No. B - 07 Sign Permit 284 - 285 NBC Form No. B - 08 Demolition Permit 286 - 287 NBC Form No. B - 09 Notice of Violation 288 NBC Form No. B - 10 Certificate of Completion 289 - 290 NBC Form No. B - 11 Application for Certificate of Occupancy 291 NBC Form No. B - 12 Application for Change of Use or Occupancy 292 NBC Form No. B - 13 Certificate of Occupancy 293 NBC Form No. B - 14 Certificate of Use 294 NBC Form No. B - 15 Construction Log Book Sheet 295 NBC Form No. B - 16 Order of Payment 296 NBC Form No. B - 17 Endorsement to C/MFM Re-Application for Building Permit 297 Re-Completion of Construction 298 NBC Form No. B - 18 Certificate of Annual Inspection 299 NBC Form No. B - 20 Notice of Construction 300 NBC Form No. B - 21 Inspection Report 301 - 302 Ancillary Permit Forms: 303 - 316 NBC Form No. A - 01 Architectural Permit 303 - 304 NBC Form No. A - 02 Civil/Structural Permit 305 - 306 NBC Form No. A - 03 Electrical Permit 307 - 308 NBC Form No. A - 04 Mechanical Permit 309 - 310 NBC Form No. A - 05 Sanitary Permit 311 - 312 NBC Form No. A - 06 Plumbing Permit 313 - 314 NBC Form No. A - 07 Electronics Permit 315 - 316 Electrical Forms: 317 - 331 NBC Form No. E - 01 Notice of Unsafe Electrical Installation…………………………….. 317 NBC Form No. E - 02 Notice of Illegal Electrical Installation…………………………….. 318 NBC Form No. E - 03 Permit for Temporary Service Connection………………………… 319 - 320 NBC Form No. E - 04 Certificate of Electrical Inspection for Temporary Power Connection……………………………………….. 321 NBC Form No. E - 05 Certificate of Final Electrical Inspection……………………………. 322 NBC Form No. E - 06 Certificate of Annual Electrical Inspection…………………………. 323 NBC Form No. E - 07 Certificate of Operation: Indoor/Outdoor Station Transformer………………………………………………….. 324 NBC Form No. E - 08 Certificate of Operation: HV/MV Primary Disconnecting Means………………………………………. 325 NBC Form No. E - 09 Certificate of Operation: Incoming Low Voltage Switchgear………………………………………………….. 326 NBC Form No. E - 10 Certificate of Operation: Power Distribution Panels……………………………………………. 327 NBC Form No. E - 11 Certificate of Operation: Lighting Distribution Panels…………………………………………. 328 NBC Form No. E - 12 Certificate of Operation: Generator/UPS……………………………. 329 NBC Form No. E - 13 Certificate of Operation: Motor Control Centers………………….. 330 NBC Form No. E - 14 Certificate of Operation: Automatic/Manual Transfer Switch…………………………………. 331 Mechanical Forms: 332 - 341 NBC Form No. M - 01 Notice of Illegal Mechanical Installations………………………….. 332 NBC Form No. M - 02 Notice of Mechanical Requirements………………………………. 333 NBC Form No. M - 03 Certificate of Inspection: Steam Boiler/ Certificate of Operation: Steam Boiler…………………………….. 334 NBC Form No. M - 04 Certificate of Inspection: Unfired Pressure Vessels/ Certificate of Operation: Unfired Pressure Vessels………………. 335 NBC Form No. M - 05 Certificate of Inspection: Gas Pipe and/or Burner/ Certificate of Operation: Gas Pipe and/or Burner………………… 336 NBC Form No. M - 06 Certificate of Operation: Internal Combustion Engine……………. 337 NBC Form No. M - 07 Certificate of Operation: Machinery……………………………….. 338 NBC Form No. M - 08 Certificate of Operation: Elevator/Dumbwaiter……………………. 339 NBC Form No. M - 09 Certificate of Operation: Escalator…………………………………. 340 NBC Form No. M - 10 Certificate of Operation: Air-Conditioning/Refrigeration………………………………………. 341 FOREWORD Presidential Decree 1096, popularly known as the National Building Code of the Philippines, which was issued on February 19, 1977 has achieved the purpose of enforcing uniform standards and requirements on building design, construction, use, occupancy and maintenance in line with the policy of the state to safeguard life, health, property and public welfare. The original rules and regulations of the Code were issued on various dates in 1977-1979 through Memorandum Orders by the defunct Ministry of Public Works, Transportation and Communications. These rules and regulations were then compiled by the then Ministry of Public Works, now the Department of Public Works and Highways. This compilation was subsequently approved as the “Implementing Rules and Regulations” (IRR) of the Code. The need to update and amplify various provisions of the existing IRR has become imperative to be realistic and relevant in the present times as demanded by technological changes in building design and construction, rapid urbanization, development of mega cities characterized by high-rise buildings/structures and the relevant requirements of related laws and other government agencies. This revised IRR includes additional provisions so that each of the Chapters of PD 1096 now has its corresponding rules and regulations. For the purpose of clarity, continuity and homogeneity, the rules and regulations are rearranged following the same sequence and numbering as those of the Chapters and Sections of the Code. Included also in this publication are Permit Forms relevant in the implementation and enforcement of PD 1096. The realization of this revised IRR is made possible through the efforts of the National Building Code Review Committee and its Board of Consultants and the National Building Code Development Office of the Department of Public Works and Highways. It is hoped that this publication will contribute to a uniform and clearer interpretation and understanding of the Code for its effective enforcement. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Our profound gratitude to all the representatives of the accredited technical professional organizations and other agencies of the government who shared their expertise, materials, time and effort in realization of the revised Implementing Rules and Regulations of PD 1096 otherwise known as the National Building Code of the Philippines. Likewise, our sincere appreciation to all those responsible for drafting this revised IRR, we commend our esteem and deference in recognition of their contribution, particularly to the following: NATIONAL BUILDING CODE REVIEW COMMITTEE (NBCRC) RAUL C. ASIS Assistant Secretary Chairman ANTONIO V. MOLANO, JR. Director IV, Bureau of Research and Standards NESTOR V. AGUSTIN Director IV, PMO-Special Buildings GILBERTO S. REYES OIC, Director IV, Bureau of Design WALTER R. OCAMPO Director III, Bureau of Construction CAMILO G. FORONDA OIC, Director III, Legal Service EMMANUEL P. CUNTAPAY Architect V, Bureau of Design BOARD OF CONSULTANTS (BOC) ANGEL LAZARO, JR. Chairman Oversight Committee Archt. Armando D. N. Alli Archt. Lorenzo P. Espeleta Engr. Agustin S. Torres Engr. Julius F. Villanueva Engr. Alberto J. Azarcon, Jr. Col. Rafael E. Rueda, Jr. Atty. Teresita G. Vidamo Archt. Elmor V. Vita BOC Members: Archt. Ramon L. Abiera Engr. Romulo R. Agaptep Engr. Porthos P. Almajose Engr. Antonio A. Avila Engr. Fe. M. Barrientos Engr. Ernesto J. Batad, Jr Engr. Rodolfo N. Ferrer Archt. Eugene G. Gan Ms. Patricia M. Gomez Atty. Mercedes N. Gutierrez Engr. Antonio Janubas Engr. Antonio E. Kaimo Engr. Antonio Jerome Lara Archt. Prosperidad C. Luis Comm. Roque Magno Archt. Francisco Mapalo, Jr. Engr. Joel J. Marciano Engr. Edward L. Mendoza Engr. Emilio M. Morales Ms. Belen S. Morey Ms. Delia R. Pabalan Dr. Benito M. Pacheco Archt. Aquiles Paredes Dr. Raymundo S. Punongbayan Engr. Laurentino R. Punzalan Dr. Arthur Saldivar-Sali Engr. Eulderio S. Salvo Archt. Fernando L. Santos Archt. Michael V. Tomeldan Engr. Pablo M. Magpily, Jr. Technical Staff and Secretariat: Asst. Director Judy F. See, Archt. Mariano C. del Castillo, Engr. Teodoro S. Landicho, Archt. Alpha F. Azarcon, Archt. Ellison M. de Guzman, Marilyn A. Oba, Miriam O. Santos, Yolanda L. Gallardo, Emelita Jorge, Gregoria R. Flores, Ma. Dioscora L. Salomon, Evangeline P. Cruz, Milagros B. Perez, and Maria L. Bernardo. Republic of the Philippines Republic of the Philippines DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY Bonifacio Drive, Port Area, Manila Jul 06 2005 SPECIAL ORDER NO. 43 Series of 2005
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF:
The assignment of the members of the technical and administrative staff shall be on full-time basis. However, they will continue to draw their salaries/wages from their mother unit. This Order shall take effect immediately. HERMOGENES E. EBDANE, JR. Acting Secretary NBCDO/EPC/jlg Special Order – Composition of NBCDO Republic of the Philippines DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND HIGHWAYS NATIONAL BUILDING CODE DEVELOPMENT OFFICE Bonifacio Drive, Port Area, Manila NBCDO MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NO. 01 Series of 2005 For the guidance and compliance of all concerned in the proper implementation of the revised Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of the National Building Code of the Philippines otherwise known as P.D. 1096, the following orders are issued:
This Order shall take effect immediately. HERMOGENES E. EBDANE, JR. Acting Secretary 5.2a EPC/cff NBCDO MEMO WIN5R00015 Pursuant to the authority vested in the Secretary of the Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) under Chapter 2 of the National Building Code of the Philippines (PD 1096), the following Rules and Regulations are hereby promulgated and issued: RULE I – GENERAL PROVISIONS
These Rules shall be known and cited as the “Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations of the National Building Code of the Philippines (P.D. 1096)” and shall be referred to as the “IRR”.
It is hereby declared to be the policy of the State to safeguard life, health, property, and public welfare, consistent with the principles of sound environmental management and control; and to this end, make it the purpose of the Code to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of minimum standards and requirements to regulate and control their location, site, design, quality of materials, construction, use, occupancy, and maintenance.
The land or site upon which will be constructed any building or structure, or any ancillary or auxiliary facility thereto, shall be sanitary, hygienic or safe. In case of sites or buildings intended for use as human habitation or abode, the same shall be at a safe distance, as determined by competent authorities, from streams or bodies of water and/or sources of air considered to be polluted; from a volcano or volcanic site and/or any other building considered to be a potential source of fire or explosion.
ADDITION – Any new construction which increases the height and/or floor area of existing buildings/structures. AGENCY OF THE GOVERNMENT – Refers to any of the various units of the government including a department, bureau, office, instrumentality, or government owned or controlled corporation. ALTERATION – Works in buildings/structures involving changes in the materials used, partitioning, location/size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not increase the building height and/or floor area. APPLICATION FORMS – A preformatted prescribed application form duly accomplished and notarized by the respective design professional with validation matrices related to other building rules and regulations. APPLICANT/PERMITTEE – Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, head of government or private institution, organization of any character applying for the issuance of permits and certificates. BUILDING OFFICIAL – The Executive Officer of the OBO appointed by the Secretary. BUILDING PERMIT – A document issued by the Building Official (BO) to an owner/applicant to proceed with the construction, installation, addition, alteration, renovation, conversion, repair, moving, demolition or other work activity of a specific project/building/structure or portions thereof after the accompanying principal plans, specifications and other pertinent documents with the duly notarized application are found satisfactory and substantially conforming with the National Building Code of the Philippines (the Code) and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR). CODE – PD 1096, otherwise known as the National Building Code of the Philippines. CONSTRUCTION – All on-site work done in the site preparation, excavation, foundation, assembly of all the components and installation of utilities, machineries and equipment of buildings/structures. CONVERSION – A change in the use or occupancy of buildings/structures or any portion/s thereof, which has different requirements. DEMOLITION – The systematic dismantling or destruction of a building/structure, in whole or in part. DEPARTMENT – The Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH). EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – The Executive Officer or Head of the NBCDO. MOVING – The transfer of buildings/structures or portion/s thereof from original location or position to another, either within the same lot or to a different one. OFFICE OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL (OBO) – The Office authorized to enforce the provisions of the Code and its IRR in the field as well as the enforcement of orders and decisions made pursuant thereto. REFERRAL CODES – The applicable provisions of the various agency and technical professional codes that are supplementary to the Code. RENOVATION – Any physical change made on buildings/structures to increase the value, quality, and/or to improve the aesthetic. REPAIR – Remedial work done on any damaged or deteriorated portion/s of building/structure to restore to its original condition. SECRETARY – Head or Chief Executive Officer of DPWH. STAFF – The personnel of the National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO).
RULE II – ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
The administration and enforcement of the provisions of the Code and this IRR, including the imposition of penalties for administrative violations thereof, is hereby vested in the Secretary.
The National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO) created through DPWH Department Order, shall serve as the technical staff of the Secretary. The functions thereof are as follows:
The Secretary may secure professional, technical, scientific and other services including testing laboratories and facilities from other agencies of the National Government when deemed necessary. He may also engage and compensate within available appropriations, such number of consultants, experts and advisers on full or part-time basis, as may be necessary, coming from the government or private business, entities or associations to carry out the provisions of the Code and this IRR.
Except as otherwise provided herein, the Building Official shall be responsible for carrying out the provisions of the Code in the field as well as the enforcement of orders and decisions made pursuant thereto. All Building Officials appointed or designated other than by the Secretary, shall continue to act as the Building Official until such time that the Secretary appoints the Building Official. Offices of the Building Officials already established, separate and distinct from the office of the City/Municipal Engineers in cities and municipalities may continue to exist until such time that a regular office is created. (Fig. II.1.)
No person shall be appointed as Building Official unless he possesses the following qualifications:
The Building Official shall have the following duties:
OFFICE OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL ORGANIZATION BUILDING OFFICIAL ASSISTANT BUILDING OFFICIAL CASHIER ADM & LEGAL PROCESSING AND EVALUATION DIVISION LAND USE ZONING SECTION LINE AND GRADE (GEODETIC) SECTION ARCHITECTURAL/ACCESSIBILITY SECTION CIVIL/STRUCTURAL SECTION ELECTRICAL SECTION MECHANICAL SECTION SANITARY SECTION PLUMBING SECTION ELECTRONICS SECTION INSPECTION AND ENFORCEMENT DIVISION LAND USE ZONING SECTION LINE AND GRADE (GEODETIC) SECTION ARCHITECTURAL/ACCESSIBILITY SECTION CIVIL/STRUCTURAL SECTION ELECTRICAL SECTION MECHANICAL SECTION SANITARY SECTION PLUMBING SECTION ELECTRONICS SECTION (SERVICE LEVEL) Figure II.1.
a. Non-issuance, suspension, revocation and/or invalidation of a building permit or certificate of occupancy; b. Issuance of work stoppage order, or an order for discontinuance of the use or occupancy of the building/structure or portion thereof; c. Declaration of a building/structure as ruinous or dangerous; and/or d. The imposition of appropriate fines/penalties.
Public buildings and traditional indigenous family dwellings shall be exempt from payment of building permit fees. As used in the Code, the term “traditional indigenous family dwelling” means a dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the family of the owner only and constructed of native materials such as bamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos (P 15,000.00).
The procedure for the proper reporting and recording of collections and disbursements of the funds of the General Fund Special Account 151 of the Office of the Secretary of the Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) is hereby prescribed.
a. Every Building Official shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all fees and other charges fixed and authorized to be collected by him. b. The Order of Payment issued by the Building Official shall show the breakdown of the total collections indicating the share of the local government concerned - 80% and the share of the national government - 20%. COMMUNICATION FLOW OF QUARTERLY REPORT SECRETARY ↓ NBCDO - BOC ↓ BUILDING OFFICIAL ↔ REGIONAL DIRECTOR ↔ DISTRICT ENGINEER ↔ ADM./LEGAL ↔ PROCESSING AND EVALUATION DIVISION ↔ INSPECTION AND ENFORCEMENT DIVISION Figure II.2. c. Every Building Official shall keep a separate record from the DPWH Central Office of all allotments (Special Allotment Release Order (SARO) and Notice of Cash Allocation (NCA), or Funding Checks), received by him out of budgeted amounts released by the Department of Budget and Management (DBM). The funds shall cover all the necessary operating expenses of the OBO, including the purchase of equipment, supplies and materials, traveling expenses, obligation expenses and sheriffs' fees and payment of other prior years' obligations not adequately funded, subject to existing budgetary and auditing rules and regulations. d. He shall render the reports required under the Centralized Accounting System.
a. The collection shall be made by the Local Treasurer, and the Official Receipt shall show the breakdown of the total collections indicating the share of the local government concerned - 80% and the share of the national government - 20%. b. Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing rules and regulations, the Local Treasurer shall remit to the Bureau of the Treasury, the 20% of his collection. The remaining 80% shall be deposited with the Authorized Government Depository Bank (AGDB) for the account of the Local Government and shall accrue to the general funds of the City or Municipality concerned. c. Pursuant to Sec. 21, Volume I of the New Government Accounting System (NGAS) Manual as provided under COA Circular No. 2001-004 dated October 30, 2001, the Local Treasurer thru his collecting officer or cashier shall deposit the 80% share of collections to the AGDB for the account of the Local Government concerned. He shall remit the 20% of the collections to the Bureau of the Treasury thru any AGDB branch nearest the locality to the credit of the Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH), Office of the Secretary with Code No. B5702 and Special Account No. 151. d. Distribution of validated remittance advices and deposit slips of the 20% collections thru any Authorized Government Depository Bank shall be in accordance with COA Circular 2001-004, to wit: Original - to be retained by the bank branch. Duplicate - to be submitted by the Local Treasurer to the OBO. Triplicate - to be retained by the bank branch for submission to the Provincial Treasury Fiscal Examiner assigned to the province where the bank is located. Quadruplicate - to be returned to the Local Treasurer for submission to the DPWH-Central Office (CO) Chief Accountant with his monthly report of collections. Quintuplicate - to be returned to the Local Treasurer for submission to the Field/Local Auditor. e. The Local Treasurers and the Treasury Vault/Bank Auditor shall have the following responsibilities: i. Local Treasurer. Since the distribution of copies of the validated remittance advices and deposit slips for the Agency/Field Auditor of the Local Treasurers shall be undertaken by the National/Treasury/Bank Branch thru its Treasury Vault Auditor/Bank Auditor, all Local Treasurers shall indicate on the face of the remittance advice, the name and office address of their respective Agency/Field Auditors to facilitate matters. ii. Treasury Vault/Bank Auditor. Upon receipt of the validated remittance advices, the Treasury Vault Auditor/Bank Auditor shall confirm and transmit said remittance advices every end of the week to the corresponding agency/field auditor of the Local Treasurer concerned. In cases where there is no bank auditor assigned in a particular locality, confirmation shall be undertaken by the officer designated by the Head of the Bank branch. f. Reporting of Collections and Deposits At the close of each business day, the collecting officers (Local Treasurers) shall accomplish the Report of Collections and Deposits (RCD) in accordance with the NGAS Manual. The reports shall be prepared by the Local Treasurer in five copies, distributed as follows after verification by the field auditor: Original - to the DPWH-CO Auditor (thru the DPWH-CO Accountant for recording). Duplicate (with duplicate official receipts and validated quintuplicate remittance advices) - to the Field/Local Auditor for final custody. Triplicate (with validated quadruplicate remittance advices) - to the DPWH-CO Accountant (for posting to the corresponding subsidiary ledgers). Quadruplicate - to be retained by the Local Treasurer. Quintuplicate - local office accounting file. The Local Treasurer shall certify all the copies of the report and submit the first three (3) copies to his Field Auditor within three (3) days after the end of the month for audit. The Field Auditor shall verify the report, cross-check the remittances indicated therein against the quintuplicate copies of remittance advices he receives/received from the Bank Auditor and indicate his certification thereon and finally submits the original and triplicate copies thereof to the DPWH-CO Auditor thru the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant within five (5) days from date of receipt from the Local Treasurer. g. Crediting of Accounts of Local Treasurer In the monthly report of collections, specifically at the back thereof, is a statement of account current showing the accountability of the Local Treasurer. The DPWH-CO Chief Accountant shall cross-check the validated quadruplicate remittance advices attached to the duplicate copy of the monthly report of collections against the remittances made by the Local Treasurer with the National Treasury or any of its authorized depository banks as appearing in the statement of account current. After the crosschecking, and in the absence of any discrepancy, the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant shall credit the account of the Local Treasurer even without the monthly abstract of remittances from the National Treasury. h. Safeguards i. Upon receipt of the monthly abstract of remittances from the National Treasury, the remittances appearing therein shall be counter checked by the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant against the credits already given the collecting officers concerned and any discrepancies discovered in the process shall be verified and adjusted immediately. ii. In case of retirement or resignation by the Local Treasurers, their clearances shall be held in abeyance until their remittances have been fully cleared by the National Treasury. i. Centralized Accounting System i. A centralized accounting system shall be maintained in the Office of the DPWH Secretary. Said office shall set up and maintain a separate set of books of accounts to be used solely for transactions pertaining to the implementation of the provisions of the National Building Code and its Implementing Rules and Regulations. ii. Upon receipt of the SARO and the corresponding NCA, the Office of the DPWH Secretary shall in turn allocate the same together with the NCA or Funding Check to the Building Officials, and at the same time obligate the allotment for the amount of expenditures. iii. All deputized disbursing officers shall render the following reports: Report of Checks Issued together with duplicate copies of checks issued for submission to the Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner in the region. Report of Checks Issued as required by the NGAS for entry in the Checks Disbursement Journal by DPWH-CO Chief Accountant. iv. The Department Chief Accountant shall adjust obligations quarterly to actual liquidations as required. v. Deputized disbursing officers shall keep a record to control NCA/Funding Check separate from other funds in his custody. vi. Deputized disbursing officers shall prepare other statements or reports as may be required from time to time by the proper authorities. vii. The Deputized Disbursing Officer (DDO) shall render a monthly report of accountability for checks issued during the month and the balance at the end of the month. Copies of said report shall be distributed as follows: Original - (Cash Operation Service) Duplicate - to the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant Triplicate - to the Auditor, DPWH-CO Quadruplicate - Field Auditor Quintuplicate - File of Disbursing Officer viii. The deputized disbursing officer authorized to requisition blank Modified Disbursement System (MDS) or Commercial checks shall prepare and submit requisition and issue voucher, and the Invoice and Receipt of Accountable Forms which shall be distributed as follows: Original - Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner Duplicate - Cash Operations Service, Bureau of the Treasury Triplicate - COA Auditor of the DDO's Agency Quadruplicate - Accounting Unit of DDO Quintuplicate - DDO file Sextuplicate - Office of the Provincial/City Auditor Concerned j. Turnover of Accountability i. In case of change, transfer, resignation or retirement from the service of the Building Official, an inventory of all money and property accountabilities shall be taken jointly by the outgoing and incoming Building Official and a receipt passed on the basis of such inventory. Such inventory shall be certified as accurate by the said officers, witnessed by the local auditor thereat. ii. The preceding procedure shall also apply to a deputized disbursing officer other than the Building Official with respect to money and property accountabilities in his custody. iii. Application for clearance of the Building Official and other deputized disbursing officers shall be coursed to the Office of the DPWH Secretary, to check their unpaid obligations with the OBO. k. Other Provisions i. Compensation of consultants, experts and advisers whose services were secured shall be funded from the 20% income derived from the building permit fees and other charges. ii. Any circular/s that may subsequently be issued by the proper authorities revoking or amending provisions or certain portions of circular/s incorporated in the above rules and regulations shall automatically revoke or amend such corresponding portions that are inconsistent therewith.
In the implementation of the provisions of the Code and its IRR, the Secretary shall formulate necessary rules and regulations and adopt design and construction standards and criteria for buildings and other structures. Such standards, rules and regulations shall take effect after their publication once a week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation.
a. The Secretary or his duly authorized representative may prescribe and impose fines not exceeding ten thousand pesos (P10,000.00) in the following cases, subject to the terms and procedures as hereunder provided: i. Erecting, constructing, altering, repairing, moving, converting, installing or demolishing a private or public building/structure if without building/demolition permit. ii. Making any alteration, addition, conversion or repair in any building/structure/ appurtenances thereto constructed or installed before the adoption of the Code, whether public or private, without a permit. iii. Unauthorized change, modification or alteration during the construction in the duly submitted plans and specifications on which the building permit is based. iv. Non-compliance with the work stoppage order or notice and/or orders to effect necessary corrections in plans and specifications found defective. v. Non-compliance with order to demolish building/structure declared to be nuisance, ruinous or dangerous. vi. Use or occupancy of a building/structure without Certificate of Occupancy/Use even if constructed under a valid building permit. vii. Change in the existing use or occupancy classification of a building/structure or portion thereof without the corresponding Certificate of Change of Use. viii. Failure to post or display the certificate of occupancy/use/operation in a conspicuous place on the premises of the building/structure/appurtenances. ix. Change in the type of construction of any building/structure without an amendatory permit. b. In addition to the imposed penalty, the owner shall correct/remove his violations of the provisions of the Code.
a. In the determination of the amount of fines to be imposed, violations shall be classified as follows: i. Light Violations
Failure to post Certificate of Occupancy/Use/Operation.
Failure to post Building Permit construction information sign.
Failure to provide or install appropriate safety measures for the protection of workers, inspectors, visitors, immediate neighbors and pedestrians. ii. Less Grave Violations
Non-compliance with the work stoppage order for the alteration/addition/conversion/repair without permit.
Use or occupancy of building/structure without appropriate Certificate of Occupancy/Use/Operation. iii. Grave Violations
Unauthorized change, modification or alteration during construction in the duly submitted plans and specifications on which the building permit is based.
Unauthorized change in type of construction from more fire-resistive to less fire-resistive.
Non-compliance with order to abate or demolish.
Non-compliance with work stoppage order for construction/demolition without permit.
Change in the existing use or occupancy without Certificate of Change of Occupancy/Use/Operation.
Excavations left open without any work being done in the site for more than one hundred twenty (120) days. b. Amount of Fines The following amount of fines for violations of the Code and this IRR is hereby prescribed: Light Violations - P 5,000.00 Less Grave Violations - P 8,000.00 Grave Violations - P 10,000.00 c. Penalty i. Without prejudice to the provisions of the preceding Sections, the Building Official is hereby also authorized to impose a penalty or surcharge in the following cases in such amount and in the manner as hereunder fixed and determined: For constructing, installing, repairing, altering or causing any change in the occupancy/use of any building/structure or part thereof or appurtenances thereto without any permit, there shall be imposed a surcharge of 100% of the building fees; Provided, that when the work in the building/structure is started pending issuance of the Building Permit by the Building Official, the amount of the surcharge shall be according to the following: Excavation for foundation.............................................. - 10% of the building permit fees Construction of foundation (including pile driving and laying of reinforcing bars).............................................. - 25% of the building permit fees Construction of superstructure up to 2.00 meters above established grade........... - 50% of the building permit fees Construction of superstructure above 2.00 meters.............................................. - 100% of the building permit fees
It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation, to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, occupy, or maintain any building or structure or cause the same to be done contrary to or in violation of any provision of the Code. Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate any of the provisions of the Code and/or commit any act hereby declared to be unlawful shall upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than twenty thousand pesos or by imprisonment of not more than two years or by both such fine and imprisonment; Provided, that in the case of a corporation firm, partnership or association, the penalty shall be imposed upon its officials responsible for such violation and in case the guilty party is an alien, he shall immediately be deported after payment of the fine and/or service of his sentence.
Dangerous buildings are those which are herein declared as such or are structurally unsafe or not provided with safe egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life, or which in relation to existing use, constitute a hazard to safety or health or public welfare because of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment; or which otherwise contribute to the pollution of the site or the community to an intolerable degree.
When any building or structure is found or declared to be dangerous or ruinous, the Building Official shall order its repair, vacation or demolition depending upon the degree of danger to life, health, or safety. This is without prejudice to further action that may be taken under the provisions of Articles 482 and 694 to 707 of the Civil Code of the Philippines. The condition or defects that render any building/structure dangerous or ruinous are as follows: (See Procedure for Abatement/Demolition of Dangerous/Ruinous Buildings/Structures at the end of this Rule)
a. Whenever any building/structure or portion thereof has been damaged by fire, earthquake, wind, flood, or by any other cause to such an extent that the structural strength or stability thereof is materially less than it was before the catastrophe and is less than the minimum requirements of the National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP) for new buildings of similar structure, purpose or location. b. Whenever any portion or member or appurtenances thereof is likely to fall, or to become detached or dislodged or to collapse and thereby injure persons or damage property. c. Whenever any portion of a building/structure or any member, appurtenance or ornamentation on the exterior thereof is not of sufficient strength or stability, or is not anchored, attached or fastened in place so as to be capable of resisting a wind pressure of one-half of that specified in the NSCP for such type of buildings. d. Whenever any portion thereof has been wrecked, warped, buckled or settled to such an extent that the walls or other structural portions have materially less resistance to wind or earthquake than is required in the case of similar new construction. e. Whenever the building/structure or any portion thereof, because of: (1) dilapidation, deterioration or decay; (2) faulty construction; (3) the removal, movement or instability of any portion of the ground necessary for the purpose of supporting such building; (4) the deterioration, decay or inadequacy of its foundation; or (5) any other cause, is likely to partially or totally collapse. f. Whenever the exterior walls or other vertical structural member lean or buckle to such an extent that a plumb line passing through the center of gravity does not fall inside the middle one-third of the base. g. Whenever the building/structure, exclusive of the foundation, shows 33% or more damage or deterioration of its supporting member or members, or 50% damage or deterioration of its non-supporting members, enclosing or outside walls or coverings. h. Whenever the building/structure has been so damaged by fire, wind, earthquake or flood, or has become so dilapidated or deteriorated as to become: (1) an attractive nuisance to public; (2) a harbor for vagrants, criminals or immoral persons; or (3) a resort for purposes of committing unlawful or immoral acts. i. Whenever the building/structure which, whether or not erected in accordance with all applicable laws or ordinances, has in any non-supporting part, member or portion, less than 50% or in any supporting part, member or portion less than 66% of the: (1) strength; (2) fire-resisting qualities or characteristics; (3) weather-resisting qualities or characteristics required by law in the case of a newly constructed building of like area, height and occupancy in the same location. j. Whenever any portion of a building/structure remains on the site after its demolition or whenever any building/structure or portion thereof is abandoned for a period in excess of twelve (12) months so as to make it a nuisance or hazard to the public.
a. Any building/structure or portion thereof, device, apparatus, equipment material, or vegetation which may cause fire or explosion, or provide a ready fuel or augment the speed and intensity of fire or explosion arising from any cause. b. All buildings/structures or portions thereof not provided with the required fire-resistive or fire-protective construction or fire-extinguishing system or equipment. c. Whenever any door, aisle, passageway, stairway, or other means of exit is not of sufficient width or size, or is not so arranged as to provide safe and adequate means of exit in case of fire and panic. d. Whenever any building/structure, because of obsolescence, dilapidated condition, deterioration, damaged, inadequate exits, lack of sufficient fire-resistive construction, hazardous electric wiring, gas connections or heating apparatus, or other cause, in violation of the Fire Code of the Philippines (PD 1185).
a. All wiring systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations embodied in the latest Philippine Electrical Code. b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used electrical wirings, outlets, devices and/or equipment.
a. Mechanical systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations embodied in the Philippine Mechanical Code. b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used mechanical outlets, devices and/or equipment. c. Lack of or improper operation of required ventilating equipment or air-conditioning systems. d. Improperly installed or lack of protection and safety provisions on steam, gas and fuel supply lines.
a. All sanitation and plumbing systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations embodied in the Code on Sanitation of the Philippines and the Revised National Plumbing Code. b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used sanitation and plumbing facilities. c. Infestation of insects, vermin or rodents and lack of adequate control for the same. d. Lack of adequate garbage and rubbish storage and removal or disposal facilities. e. Source of pollution.
a. All buildings/structures or portion thereof used or occupied for purposes other than their intended uses. b. Improper/Unauthorized Occupancy/Location. c. Insufficient amount of natural light and ventilation due to inadequate open spaces such as courts and yards as required. d. Inadequate sizes of rooms and space dimensions and window openings. e. Dilapidated, blighted and other unpresentable buildings/structures against generally accepted aesthetic standards.
The rights, actions and remedies provided in the Code and in the IRR shall be in addition to any and all other rights of action and remedies that may be available under existing laws. PROCEDURE IN ENFORCING ADMINISTRATIVE SANCTIONS
a. The Building Official may admit and give probative value to evidence as commonly accepted by reasonable men in the conduct of their affairs. b. Documentary evidence may be received in the form of copies or excerpts, if the original is not readily available. Upon request, the parties shall be given opportunity to compare the copies with the original. If the original is in the official custody of a public officer, a certified true copy thereof may be accepted. c. Every party shall have the right to cross-examine witnesses and to submit rebuttal evidence. d. The investigator may take notice of judicially cognizable facts and of generally cognizable technical/scientific facts within his or the witnesses' specialized/professional knowledge.
perfected. In which case, the fifteen (15) day period shall be suspended accordingly. If the motion for reconsideration is denied, the movant shall have the right to perfect his appeal during the remainder of the period for appeal, reckoned from the date of receipt of the resolution of denial. If the order/decision is reversed on reconsideration, the aggrieved party, if there is any, shall have fifteen (15) days from the receipt of the resolution within which to perfect his appeal.
PROCEDURE FOR ABATEMENT/DEMOLITION OF DANGEROUS/RUINOUS BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
RULE III - PERMITS AND INSPECTION
a. Ancillary Permits The Ancillary Permits duly signed and sealed by the corresponding professionals and the plans and specifications shall be submitted together with the duly notarized application for Building Permit. The Building Permit is null and void if not accompanied by the Ancillary Permits. The prescribed Ancillary and other Accessory Permits/forms shall likewise be used whenever applicable. The Ancillary Permits are the following: i. Architectural Permit ii. Civil/Structural Permit iii. Electrical Permit iv. Mechanical Permit v. Sanitary Permit vi. Plumbing Permit vii. Electronics Permit b. Accessory Permits i. Accessory Permits are issued by the Building Official for accessory parts of the project with very special functions or use which are indicated in the plans and specifications that accompany the building permit application. These may include, among others: bank and records vaults; swimming pools; firewalls separate from the building/structure; towers; silos; smokestacks; chimneys; commercial/industrial fixed ovens; industrial kilns/furnaces; water/waste treatment tanks, septic vaults; concrete and steel tanks; booths, kiosks and stages; and tombs, mausoleums and niches. ii. Accessory Permits are issued by the Building Official for activities being undertaken prior to or during the processing of the building permit. The coverage is spelled out in the accessory permit form including the expiry period. These shall be signed by the concerned owner/applicant and by the concerned professionals. These permits include, among others, ground preparation and excavation, encroachment of foundation to public area, fencing, for fence not exceeding 1.80 meters high, sidewalk construction, temporary sidewalk enclosure and occupancy, erection of scaffolding, erecting, repair, removal of sign; and demolition.
A building permit shall not be required for the following minor constructions and repairs, provided these shall not violate any provision of the Code and this IRR. a. Minor Constructions i. Sheds, outhouses, greenhouses, children's playhouses, aviaries, poultry houses and the like, not exceeding 6.00 sq. meters in total area, provided they are completely detached from any other building and are intended only for the private use of the owner. ii. Addition of open terraces or patios resting directly on the ground, not exceeding 20.00 sq. meters in total floor area, exclusively for the private use of the owner. iii. Installation of window grilles. iv. Garden pools for the habitation of water plants and/or aquarium fish not exceeding 500 millimeters in depth and exclusively for private use. v. Garden masonry walls other than party walls not exceeding 1.20 meters in height, footpaths, residential garden walks and/or driveways. b. Repair Works i. Repair works not affecting or involving any structural member, such as replacement of deteriorated roofing sheets or tiles, gutters, downspouts, fascias, ceilings and/or sidings. ii. Repair and/or replacement of non load-bearing partition walls. iii. Repair and/or replacement of any interior portion or a house not involving addition or alteration. iv. Repair and/or replacement work of doors and windows. v. Repair and/or replacement work of flooring. vi. Repair of perimeter fence and walls. vii. Repair and/or replacement of plumbing fixtures, fittings or pipings, such as toilet bowls, sinks, lavatories, urinals, bidets, pipes, faucets, valves for single detached dwellings and duplexes.
a. In case the applicant is the registered owner of the lot: i. Certified true copy of OCT/TCT, on file with the Registry of Deeds, ii. Tax Declaration, and iii. Current Real Property Tax Receipt. b. In case the applicant is not the registered owner of the lot, in addition to the above; duly notarized copy of the Contract of Lease, or Deed of Absolute Sale.
a. Geodetic Engineer, in case of lot survey plans; b. Architect, in case of architectural documents; in case of architectural interior/interior design documents, either an architect or interior designer may sign; c. Civil Engineer, in case of civil/structural documents; d. Professional Electrical Engineer, in case of electrical documents; e. Professional Mechanical Engineer, in case of mechanical documents; f. Sanitary Engineer, in case of sanitary documents; g. Master Plumber, in case of plumbing documents; h. Electronics Engineer, in case of electronics documents.
a. Architectural Plans/Drawings i. Vicinity Map/Location Plan within a 2.00 kilometer radius for commercial, industrial, and institutional complex and within a half-kilometer radius for residential buildings, at any convenient scale showing prominent landmarks or major thoroughfares for easy reference. ii. Site Development Plan showing technical description, boundaries, orientation and position of proposed building/structure in relation to the lot, existing or proposed access road and driveways and existing public utilities/services. Existing buildings within and adjoining the lot shall be hatched and distances between the proposed and existing buildings shall be indicated. iii. Perspective drawn at a convenient scale and taken from a vantage point (bird’s eye view or eye level). iv. Floor Plans drawn to scale of not less than 1:100 showing: gridlines, complete identification of rooms or functional spaces. v. Elevations, at least four (4), same scale as floor plans showing: gridlines; natural ground to finish grade elevations; floor to floor heights; door and window marks, type of material and exterior finishes; adjoining existing structure/s, if any, shown in single hatched lines. vi. Sections, at least two (2), showing: gridlines; natural ground and finish levels; outline of cut and visible structural parts; doors and windows properly labeled reflecting the direction of opening; partitions; built-in cabinets, etc.; identification of rooms and functional spaces cut by section lines. vii. Reflected ceiling plan showing: design, location, finishes and specifications of materials, lighting fixtures, diffusers, decorations, air conditioning exhaust and return grills, sprinkler nozzles, if any, at scale of at least 1:100. STANDARD FORM (Type A0, A1, A2 and A3) FOR BUILDING PLANS / CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS Figure III.1. SIZES OF DRAWING SHEETS TYPE W (mm) L (mm) A0 841 1189 A1 594 841 A2 420 594 A3 297 420 NOTE: FOR EXTRAORDINARY CASES SUCH AS PROJECTS OF LARGE MAGNITUDE, EXEMPTION IN THE USE OF STANDARD SHEET MAY BE GRANTED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL ON CASE TO CASE BASIS. --- MODEL TITLE BLOCK FOR BUILDING PLANS/CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS Figure III.2. JOHN DE LA CRUZ ARCHITECT (Space block for the Design Architect (individual practitioner)/Architect in Charge (corporate or collaborative consortium)) To the Design Professional/Engineer: In case the scope of work is only repair, renovation, etc., and provided it does not involve the service of an Architect. PRC No. __________ Validity __________ IAPOA No. __________ O.R. No. __________ Date __________ PTR No. __________ Date __________ Place __________ TIN __________ --- SPACE FOR PROJECT TITLE / LOCATION, ETC. OWNER __________ SHEET NO. __________ NOTE:
viii. Details, in the form of plans, elevations/sections:
Accessible ramps
Accessible stairs
Accessible lifts/elevators
Accessible entrances, corridors and walkways
Accessible functional areas/comfort rooms
Accessible switches, controls
Accessible drinking fountains
Accessible public telephone booths
Accessible audio visual and automatic alarm system
Accessible access symbols and directional signs
Reserved parking for disabled persons
Typical wall/bay sections from ground to roof
Stairs, interior and exterior
Fire escapes/exits
Built-in cabinets, counters and fixed furniture
All types of partitions ix. Schedule of Doors and Windows showing their types, designations/marks, dimensions, materials, and number of sets. x. Schedule of Finishes, showing in graphic form: surface finishes specified for floors, ceilings, walls and baseboard trims for all building spaces per floor level. xi. Details of other major Architectural Elements. b. Architectural Interiors/Interior Design i. Space Plan/s or layout/s of architectural interior/s. ii. Architectural interior perspective/s. iii. Furniture/furnishing/equipment/process layout/s. iv. Access plan/s, parking plan/s and the like. v. Detail design of major architectural interior elements. vi. Plan and layout of interior, wall partitions, furnishing, furniture, equipment/appliances at a scale of at least 1:100. vii. Interior wall elevations showing: finishes, switches, doors and convenience outlets, cross window sections with interior perspective as viewed from the main entrance at scale of at least 1:100. viii. Floor/ceiling/wall patterns and finishing details. ix. List of materials used. x. Cost Estimates. c. Plans and specific locations of all accessibility facilities of scale of at least 1:100. d. Detailed design of all such accessibility facilities outside and around buildings/structures including parking areas, and their safety requirements all at scale of 1:50 or any convenient scale. e. Fire Safety Documents i. Layout plan of each floor indicating the fire evacuation route to safe dispersal areas, standpipes with fire hose, fire extinguishers, first aid kits/cabinets, fire alarm, fire operations room, emergency lights, signs, etc. ii. Details of windows, fire exits with grilled windows and ladders. iii. Details of fire-resistive construction of enclosures for vertical openings. iv. Details of fire-resistive construction materials and interior decorative materials with fire-resistive/fire-retardant/fire-spread ratings v. Other Related Documents f. Other related documents
a. Site Development Plan Site Development Plan showing technical description, boundaries, orientation and position of proposed non-architectural horizontal structure such as: sewerage treatment plant (STP), silos, elevated tanks, towers, fences, etc. building/structure in relation to the lot, existing or proposed access road and driveways and existing public utilities/services. Existing buildings within and adjoining the lot shall be hatched and distances between the proposed and existing buildings shall be indicated. b. Structural Plans i. Foundation Plans and Details at scale of not less than 1:100. ii. Floor/Roof Framing Plans and Details at scale of not less than 1:100. iii. Details and Schedules of structural and civil works elements including those for deep wells, water reservoir, pipe lines and sewer system. c. Structural Analysis and Design for all buildings/structures except for one storey and single detached building/structure with a total floor area of 20.00 sq. meters or less. d. Boring and Load Tests Buildings or structures of three (3) storeys and higher, boring tests and, if necessary, load tests shall be required in accordance with the applicable latest approved provisions of the National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP). However, adequate soil exploration (including boring and load tests) shall also be required for lower buildings/structures at areas with potential geological/geotechnical hazards. The written report of the civil/geotechnical engineer including but not limited to the design bearing capacity as well as the result of tests shall be submitted together with the other requirements in the application for a building permit. Boring test or load test shall also be done according to the applicable provisions of the NSCP which set forth requirements governing excavation, grading and earthwork construction, including fills and embankments for any building/structure and for foundation and retaining structures. e. Seismic Analysis f. Other related documents
Electrical plans and technical specifications containing the following: a. Location and Site Plans b. Legend or Symbols c. General Notes and/or Specifications d. Electrical Layout e. Schedule of Loads, Transformers, Generating/UPS Units (Total kVA for each of the preceding items shall be indicated in the schedule) f. Design Analysis g. One Line Diagram
a. Location Plan and Key Plan b. General Layout Plan for each floor, drawn to a scale of not less than 1:100, indicating the equipment in heavier lines than the building outline with names of machinery and corresponding brake horsepower shall be indicated. c. Longitudinal and Transverse Sections of building and equipment base on the section lines drawn to a scale of at least 1:100 showing inter-floor relations and defining the manner of support of machines/equipment. Sections shall run longitudinally and transversely through the building length or width other than particularly detailed section for each machinery/equipment (fired and unfired pressure vessel, elevator, escalator, dumbwaiter, etc.). d. Isometric drawing of gas, fuel, oil system showing: Assembly of pipes on racks and supports, Legend and General Notes, Capacity per outlet and Complete individual piping system. e. Plans drawn to scale of 1:100 indicating location of store rooms, fuel tanks, fire extinguishing systems, fire doors, fire escape ladders and other protective facilities. f. Detailed drawings of all duct work installations, indicating dampers, controls, filters, fireproofing, acoustical and thermal insulation. g. Detailed Plans of machinery foundations and supports drawn to scale of at least 1:50. h. Detailed Plans of boilers and pressure vessels with a working pressure of above 70 kPa regardless of kilowatt rating. i. Design Computations and Detailed Plans of elevators, escalators, and the like drawn to scale of 1:50. j. For all installations, additions or alterations involving machinery of at most 14.9 kW, the signature of a duly licensed Mechanical Engineer shall be sufficient except fired and unfired pressure vessels, elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters, central/split/packaged type air conditioners and piping systems of steam, gas or fuels. k. Detailed plans of fire suppression systems, location of automatic and smoke detectors and alarm and initiating devices use to monitor the conditions that are essential for the proper operation including switches for the position of gate valves as well as alert and evacuation signals; the detailed layout of the entire safe area to be protected and the heat/smoke ventilation system.
a. For deepwell, water purification plants, water collection and distribution systems, reservoirs, drainage and sewer systems, sewage treatment plants, malaria control structures, and sewage disposal systems: i. Location Plan and Site Plan ii. Detailed Plan and layout drawings of minimum scale 1:100 iii. Design Analysis and Technical Specifications iv. Cost Estimates b. For pest and vermin control, sanitation, and pollution control facilities: i. Detailed plan, layout and drawing of abatement and control device of minimum scale 1:100 ii. Design analysis and technical specification iii. Cost Estimates
For all plumbing installations, additions and/or alterations involving hot and cold water supply, fixtures, sewage drainage and vent system, storm drainage and sewerage system within or adjacent to the building: a. Location Plan and Site Plan of minimum scale 1:2000 b. Plumbing Plans, Layouts and Details, of minimum scale 1:50 c. Legend and General Notes d. Isometric drawings of the systems e. Design analysis and technical specifications f. Cost Estimates
Electronic plans and technical specifications for wired or wireless telecommunications systems, broadcasting systems, including radio and TV broadcast equipment for commercial and training purposes, cable or wireless television systems, information technology (IT) systems, security and alarm systems, electronic fire alarm systems, sound-reinforcement systems, navigational aids and controls, indoor and outdoor signages, electronically-controlled conveyance systems, electronic/computerized process controls and automation systems, building automation, management and control systems, including, but not limited to the following: a. General layout plans with legends b. Single line diagram c. Riser diagram d. Isometry of the system e. Equipment specifications f. Design analysis, as applicable g. Cost estimates
Lot Survey Plans, including but not limited to: a. Vicinity Map/Location Plan b. Lot Plan c. Relocation Survey Plan and Report d. Line and Grade e. Detailed Topographic Plan of the site and immediate vicinity
a. A locational clearance shall be obtained by the owner/permittee from the City/Municipal Zoning Administration. b. Whenever necessary, written clearances shall be obtained from the various authorities exercising and enforcing regulatory functions affecting buildings/structures. Application for said clearances shall be requested by the owner/applicant and failure to receive reply within seven (7) days from receipt of the application for building permit shall be sufficient not to cause further delay in processing the building permit application by the Building Official. Such authorities who are expected to enforce their own regulations are: i. Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) ii. Air Transportation Office (ATO) iii. Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board (HLURB) iv. Local Government Unit (LGU) v. Department of Tourism (DOT) vi. Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) vii. Department of Transportation and Communication (DOTC) viii. Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG) ix. Philippine Ports Authority (PPA) x. Department of Education (DepEd) xi. Department of Health (DOH) xii. Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology (PHIVOLCS) xiii. Laguna Lake Development Authority (LLDA) xiv. Manila Waterworks and Sewerage System (MWSS) xv. National Water Resources Board (NWRB) xvi. Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR) xvii. Department of Agriculture (DA) xviii. Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) xix. National Housing Authority (NHA) xx. National Council for the Welfare of Disabled Persons (NCWDP)
The flow of processing of building permit shall follow the procedure shown in Figure III.3.
a. When satisfied that all plans, specifications and other documents are in order, the Building Official gives due course to the application. b. The OBO verifies conformity of the proposed buildings/structures with the land use zoning ordinance of the city/municipality. If the project has been issued a development permit such as residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, memorial parks and other development by the HLURB or the Sangguniang Bayan/Panglungsod, an individual locational clearance shall not be required. c. The Building Official verifies whether applicants have secured the required section clearances from other agencies mentioned in the preceding section. d. The owner/permittee for any existing building/structure that shall undergo alterations, additions, conversions, renovations and/or repair not covered by Section 301, Sub-Section 3 of this IRR shall submit, in addition to other documents, the most recent Certificate of Occupancy when applying for a building permit. Under any of this case, the Locational Clearance shall not be required.
The Line and Grade Section/Unit of the OBO: a. Verifies the lot plan as reflected in the Torrens Title, Original Certificate of Title (OCT)/Transfer Certificate of Title (TCT) and its relation to the proposed buildings/structures. b. Checks compliance to establish easements/setbacks and determines grades in relation to road lots, property lines, streets or highways, whether existing or proposed as reflected in the land use zoning or development plan of the city/municipality including road widening, construction of various public utilities/services and other infrastructure projects along creeks, esteros, waterways, subject to a written clearance from the DPWH. c. Verifies that at least one (1) side of the lot has direct access to a street/alley and that grades in relation to road lots and streets or highways, whether existing or proposed conform to the requirements.
The Architectural Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technical requirements for: a. Types of Construction b. Requirements of Fire Zones and Fire Resistive Regulation c. Building projections over public streets d. Access Streets/Roads and Alleys e. Architectural Interior/Interior Design f. Classification and General Requirements of all Buildings by Use or Occupancy g. Maximum Height of Buildings/Structures h. Parking and Loading/Unloading Space Requirement PROCESSING OF APPLICATION OF BUILDING PERMIT FLOW CHART [LEFT SIDE]
[RIGHT SIDE]
[TOP CENTER]
[NOTES] NOTE:
[LOWER RIGHT] NOTE:
i. Corner Buildings with Chaflans j. Occupant Load k. Glazing of Opening l. Architectural Accessibility Features m. Light and Ventilation n. Construction of Buildings/Structures within the obstacle limitation surfaces of Aerodromes o. Buildings and other Ancillary Structures within Cemeteries and Memorial Parks
The Civil/Structural Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technical requirements for: a. General Design and Construction Requirements b. Structural Design Requirements c. Excavations, Foundations and Retaining Walls d. Prefabricated Construction e. Protection and Safety Requirements for Construction, Demolition and Excavation f. Abatement/Demolition of Buildings g. Plastics h. Signs
The Electrical Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technical requirements for Electrical Regulations.
The Mechanical Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technical requirements for Mechanical Regulations.
The Sanitary Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technical requirements under the Sanitary Engineering Law (RA 1364).
The Plumbing Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technical requirements under the Plumbing Law (RA 1378).
The Electronics Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to technical requirements.
The Building Official shall refer one (1) set of plans and specifications to the City/Municipal Fire Marshall (C/MFM), Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), for his review and recommendations with respect to fire safety and control requirements. The C/MFM shall submit his report and recommendations to the Building Official within five (5) working days from date of referral. Failure of the C/MFM to act within said period shall mean that the plans and specifications conform to all the requirements of the Fire Code of the Philippines (FCP). In case of non-issuance, suspension or revocation of the said requirements by the C/MFM, he shall so state in writing the reasons or grounds therefor.
The issued building permit shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: a. That under Article 1723 of the Civil Code of the Philippines, the engineer or architect who drew up the plans and specifications for a building/structure is liable for damages if within fifteen (15) years from the completion of the building/structure, the same should collapse due to defect in the plans or specifications or defects in the ground. The engineer or architect who supervises the construction shall be solidarily liable with the contractor should the edifice collapse due to defect in the construction or the use of inferior materials. b. This permit shall be accompanied by the various applicable ancillary and accessory permits, plans and specifications signed and sealed by the corresponding design professionals who shall be responsible for the comprehensiveness and correctness of the plans in compliance to the Code and its IRR and to all applicable referral codes and professional regulatory laws. c. That the proposed construction/erection/addition/alteration/renovation/conversion/repair/moving/demolition, etc. shall be in conformity with the provisions of the National Building Code, and its IRR. i. That prior to commencement of the proposed projects and construction an actual relocation survey shall be conducted by a duly licensed Geodetic Engineer. ii. That before commencing the excavation the person making or causing the excavation to be made shall notify in writing the owner of adjoining property not less than ten (10) days before such excavation is to be made and show how the adjoining property should be protected. iii. That the supervising Architect/Civil Engineer shall keep at the jobsite at all times a logbook of daily construction activities wherein the actual daily progress of construction including tests conducted, weather condition and other pertinent data are to be recorded, same shall be made available for scrutiny and comments by the OBO representative during the conduct of inspection his/her inspection pursuant to Section 207 of the Code. iv. That upon completion of the construction, the Owner shall submit the logbook duly signed and sealed to the Building Official including as-built plans and other documents and shall also prepare and submit a Certificate of Completion of the project stating that the construction of the building/structure conform to the provision of the Code, its IRR as well as the plans and specifications. v. All such changes, modifications and alterations shall likewise be submitted to the Building Official and the subsequent amendatory permit therefor issued before any work on said changes, modifications and alterations shall be started. d. That no building/structure shall be used until the Building Official has issued a Certificate of Occupancy therefor as provided in the Code. However, a partial Certificate of Occupancy may be issued for the Use/Occupancy of a portion or portions of a building/structure prior to the completion of the entire building/structure. e. That this permit shall not serve as an exemption from securing written clearances from various government authorities exercising regulatory function affecting buildings/structures. f. When the construction is undertaken by contract, the work shall be done by a duly licensed and registered contractor pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor’s License Law (RA 4566). g. The Owner/Permittee shall submit a duly accomplished prescribed “Notice of Construction” to the Office of the Building Official prior to any construction activity. h. The Owner/Permittee shall put a Building Permit sign which complies with the prescribed dimensions and information, which shall remain posted on the construction site for the duration of the construction. (Figs. III.4. and III.5).
The issuance of a building permit shall not be construed as an approval or authorization to the permittee to disregard or violate any of the provisions of the Code. Whenever the issuance of a permit is based on approved plans and specifications which are subsequently found defective, the Building official is not precluded from requiring permittee to effect the necessary corrections in said plans and specifications or from preventing or ordering the stoppage of any or all building operations being carried on thereunder which are in violation of the Code. A building permit issued under the provisions of the Code shall expire and become null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of one (1) year after the issuance of the building permit, or is suspended or abandoned at any time after it has been commenced for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days.
The Building Official may order or cause the non-issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits on any or all of the following reasons or grounds:
Notice of non-issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits shall always be made in writing, stating the reason or grounds thereof. --- Building Permit No. ______ Date Issued ______ Name of Project: ___________________________ Owner: ___________________________ Architect: ___________________________ DESIGN PROFESSIONALS: Architect ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Civil Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Professional Electrical Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Professional Mechanical Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Sanitary Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Master Plumber ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Electronics Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ PROFESSIONALS IN CHARGE OF FULL TIME INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION WORKS: Architect/Engineer: ___________________________ STANDARD SIGNBOARD (Residential Buildings for Exclusive use of Owners or Non-leasing Occupants) Figure III.4. --- VARIABLE NAME OF PROJECT ___________________________ OWNER ___________________________ ARCHITECT ___________________________ DESIGN PROFESSIONALS: Architect ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Civil Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Professional Electrical Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Professional Mechanical Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Sanitary Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Master Plumber ___________________________ PRC No. ______ Electronics Engineer ___________________________ PRC No. ______ PROFESSIONALS IN CHARGE OF FULL TIME INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION WORKS: Architect/Engineer: ___________________________ PERSPECTIVE REQUIRED STANDARD SIGNBOARD (Commercial, Industrial, Educational, Social, Institutional, Recreational Buildings and others) Figure III.5.
Within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of advice of the non-issuance, suspension or revocation of permits, the applicant/permittee may file an appeal with the Secretary who shall render his decision within fifteen days from date of receipt of notice of appeal. The decision of the Secretary shall be final subject only to review by the Office of the President.
a. A partial Certificate of Occupancy may be issued for the use or occupancy of a portion or portions of a building or structure prior to the completion of the entire building or structure, through the proper phasing of its major independent portions without posing hazards to its occupants, the adjacent building residents and general public. b. A building for which a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued may further be issued other Certificates of Occupancy due to changes in use, whether partly or wholly, provided, that the new use/s or character/s of occupancy conforms with the requirement of the Code and its IRR. RULE IV - TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
For purposes of the Code and its IRR, all buildings proposed for construction shall be classified according to the following types:
No change shall be made in the type of construction of any building which would place the building in a different sub-type or type of construction unless such building is made to comply with the requirements for such sub-type of construction: Except, when the changes is approved by the Building Official upon showing that the new or proposed construction is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the existing construction.
The following standards are prescribed:
a. Exterior bearing and non-bearing walls of Types II and III Constructions shall have one hour fire-resistive rating, while those of Types IV and V shall have four-hour fire-resistive rating. b. Interior bearing walls, permanent partitions, floors, and roofs of Types II, III and IV Construction shall have one-hour fire-resistive rating while those of Type V shall have three-hour fire-resistive rating for bearing walls and one-hour fire-resistive rating for vertical openings, floors and roofs. c. Structural frames of Types II and III Construction shall have one-hour fire-resistive rating, while those of Type IV shall have two-hour fire-resistive rating and those of Type V shall have three hour fire-resistive rating. d. Exterior doors and windows shall have one hour fire-resistive rating for all Types.
a. Finishes for interior walls and ceilings of any building shall be classified according to their flame-spread characteristic using generally accepted engineering standards. The smoke density shall not be greater than that obtained from burning of untreated wood under similar conditions when tested in accordance with the "Tunnel Test" in the way intended for use. The products of combustion shall be no more toxic than the burning of untreated wood under similar conditions. These finishes include: interior wainscoting, paneling, or other finish applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical correction, frames and trims of doors and windows, surface insulation or similar purposes. b. Requirements for flame-spread characteristics of finishes shall not apply to frames and trim of doors and windows and to materials which are less than 1.00 millimeter in thickness cemented to the surface of walls or ceilings. c. Materials required to be flame-spread proofed shall be treated with a flame-retardant having a flame-spread of fifty (50) or less as determined by the "Tunnel Test".
RULE V – REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES
Fire zones are areas within which only certain types of buildings/structures are permitted to be constructed based on their use or occupancy, type of construction, and resistance to fire.
A building/structure which is located partly in one (1) fire zone and partly in another shall be considered to be in the more highly restrictive fire zone, when more than one third (1/3) of its total floor area is located in such zone.
The center line of adjoining street or alley may be considered an adjacent property line. Distances shall be measured at right angles to the street or alley.
a. Such building is entirely demolished; b. Such building is to be moved outside the limits of the more highly restrictive Fire Zone to a zone where the building meets the minimum standards; c. Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 12-month period, the value of the work does not exceed 20% of the value of the existing building, and provided that, such changes do not add additional combustible material, and do not, in the opinion of the Building Official, increase the fire hazard; d. Additions thereto are separated from the existing building by fire walls, as set forth in Section 506 (b); e. Damage from fire or earthquake, typhoons or any fortuitous event may be repaired, using the same kind of materials of which the building or structure was originally constructed, provided that, the cost of such repair shall not exceed 20% of the replacement cost of the building or structure.
The legislative body of the LGU may enact ordinances for the purpose of designating fire zones based on the parameters and guidelines set forth in this Section.
a. Non-Fire Restricted Zones: These are areas where siting of buildings/structures are permitted without fire-resistivity measures, often located in the country sides or rural areas where commercial and industrial and other buildings are sparsely constructed, or may be clustered in small groups like farm lands wherein dwellings are built of indigenous materials such as bamboo, sawali, nipa, cogon, palm leaves and wood up to Types I and II Construction as classified in Section 401 of the Code. b. Fire Restrictive Zones: Areas wherein siting of buildings/structures are permitted within prescribed fire-resistivity measures for exterior walls of at least two-hour fire resistivity. Usual locations in suburban areas are permitted to be built with at least one-hour fire-resistivity throughout as Types II, III to IV Constructions as prescribed in Section 401 of the Code. c. Highly Fire Restrictive Zones: Areas wherein highly fire- resistive or non-combustible buildings/structures and/or construction assemblies of no less than three to four-hour fire-resistive construction materials are used throughout, including exterior walls. Only Types IV and V Constructions are permitted in the areas. RULE VI - FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION
Fire-resistive rating means the degree to which a material can withstand fire as determined by generally recognized and accepted testing methods.
Fire-resistive time period rating is the length of time a material can withstand being burned which may be one-hour, two-hours, four-hours, etc.
All materials of construction, and type of materials and assemblies or combinations thereof shall conform to the following fire-resistive ratings: | Type of Assembly and Material | Minimum thickness (in millimeter) for the given fire resistance | | | 4 hrs. | 3 hrs. | 2 hrs. | 1 hr. | |----------------------------------------------------|--------|--------|--------|-------| | Floor Construction | | | | | | - Solid R.C. slab | | | | | | - Average cover to reinforcement | 25 | 25 | 20 | 15 | | - Overall Depth | 150 | 150 | 125 | 100 | | - Solid pre-stressed Concrete slab | | | | | | - Average cover to tendons | 65 | 50 | 40 | 25 | | - Overall Depth | 150 | 150 | 125 | 100 | | Partitions | | | | | | - Solid concrete | 175 | 175 | 150 | 125 | | - Solid masonry | 200 | 175 | 150 | 125 | | - Hollow unit masonry | 300 | 250 | 200 | 150 | | Protection for metal structural members | | | | | | - Concrete | 75 | 50 | 38 | 25 | | - Masonry | 100 | 75 | 55 | 38 | | - Metal lath with vermiculite or perlite gypsum plaster | 50 | 38 | 20 | 12 | | Exterior Wall | | | | | | - Solid concrete | 180 | 150 | 125 | 75 | | - Solid masonry | 200 | 175 | 150 | 100 | | - Hollow masonry | 300 | 250 | 200 | 150 | | Column (all faces exposed) | | | | | | - Reinforced concrete | 450 | 400 | 300 | 200 |
The Secretary shall prescribe standards and promulgate rules and regulations on the testing of construction materials for flame-spread characteristics, tests on fire damages, fire tests of building construction and materials, door assemblies and tinclad fire doors and window assemblies, the installation of fire doors and windows and smoke and fire detectors for fire protective signaling system, application and use of controlled interior finish, fire-resistive protection for structural members, fire-resistive walls and partitions, fire-resistive floor or roof ceiling, fire-resistive assemblies for protection of openings and fire-retardant roof coverings. RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCY
a. Buildings proposed for construction shall be identified according to their use or the character of its occupancy and shall be classified as follows: i. Group A — Residential Dwellings Group A Occupancies shall include: Division 1 - Residential building/structure for exclusive use of single family occupants including school or company staff housing; single (nuclear) family dwellings; churches or similar places of worship; church rectories; community facilities and social centers; parks, playgrounds, pocket parks, parkways, promenades and play lots; clubhouses and recreational uses such as golf courses, tennis courts, basketball courts, swimming pools and similar uses operated by the government or private individuals as membership organizations for the benefit of their members, families, and guests and not operated primarily for gain. Division 2 - Residential building for the exclusive use of non-leasing occupants not exceeding 10 persons including single-attached or duplex or townhouses, each privately-owned; school dormitories (on campus); convents and monasteries; military or police barracks/dormitories; pre-schools, elementary and high schools, provided that they do not exceed 16 classrooms; outpatient clinics, family planning clinics, lying-in clinics, diagnostic clinics, medical and clinical laboratories; branch library and museums; steam/dry cleaning outlets; party needs and accessories (leasing of tables and chairs, etc.). ii. Group B — Residentials, Hotels and Apartments Group B Occupancies shall be multiple dwelling units including boarding or lodging houses, hotels, apartment buildings, row houses, convents, monasteries and other similar building each of which accommodates more than 10 persons. iii. Group C — Education and Recreation Group C Occupancies shall be buildings used for school or day-care purposes, involving assemblage for instruction, education, or recreation, and not classified in Group I or in Division 1 and 2 or Group H Occupancies. iv. Group D — Institutional Group D Occupancies shall include: Division 1 - Mental hospitals, mental sanitarias, jails, prisons, reformatories, and buildings where personal liberties of inmates are similarly restrained. Division 2 - Nurseries for full-time care of children under kindergarten age, hospitals, sanitarias, nursing homes with non-ambulatory patients, and similar buildings each accommodating more than five persons. Division 3 - Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, homes for children of kindergarten age or over, each accommodating more than five persons: Provided, that Group D Occupancies shall not include buildings used only for private or family group dwelling purposes. v. Group E - Business and Mercantile Group E Occupancies shall include: Division 1 - Gasoline filling and service stations, storage garages and boat storage structures where no work is done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding, or the use of highly flammable liquids. Division 2 - Wholesale and retail stores, office buildings, drinking and dining establishments having an occupant load of less than one hundred persons, printing plants, police and fire stations, factories and workshops using not highly flammable or combustible materials and paint stores without bulk handling. Division 3 - Aircraft hangars and open parking garages where no repair work is done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding or the use of highly flammable liquids. vi. Group F - Industrial Group F Occupancies shall include: ice plants, power plants, pumping plants, cold storage, and creameries, factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive materials, and storage and sales rooms for incombustible and non-explosive materials. vii. Group G - Storage and Hazardous Group G Occupancies shall include: Division 1 - Storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable material. Division 2 - Storage and handling of flammable materials, dry cleaning plants using flammable liquids; paint stores with bulk handling, paint shops and spray painting rooms. Division 3 - Wood working establishments, planning mills and box factories, shops, factories where loose combustible fibers or dust are manufactured, processed or generated; warehouses where highly combustible materials is stored. Division 4 - Repair garages. Division 5 - Aircraft repair hangars. viii. Group H - Assembly Other Than Group I Group H Occupancies shall include: Division 1 - Any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of less than 1000 in the building. Division 2 - Any assembly building without stage and having an occupant load of 300 or more in the building. Division 3 - Any assembly building without a stage and having an occupant load of less than 300 in the building. Division 4 - Stadia, reviewing stands, amusement park structures not included within Group I or in Division 1, 2, and 3 of this Group. ix. Group I - Assembly Occupant Load 1000 or More Group I Occupancies shall be any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of 1000 or more in the building. x. Group J - Accessory Group J Occupancies shall include: Division 1 - Agricultural structures. Division 2 - Private garages, carports, fences over 1.80 meters high, tanks, swimming pools and towers. Division 3 - Stages, platforms, pelota, tennis, badminton or basketball courts, tombs, mausoleums, niches, aviaries, aquariums, zoo structures, banks and record vaults. Other subgroupings or divisions within Groups A to J may be determined by the Secretary. Any other occupancy not mentioned specifically in this Section, or about which there is any question, shall be included in the Group which it most nearly resembles based on the existing or proposed life and fire hazard. Table VII.1. Schedule of Principal, Accessory and Conditional Use/Occupancy of Building/Structure | General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure | U S E | Zoning Classification | |----------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------| | | PRINCIPAL | | | Division A-1 | Group A – Residential (Dwellings) | Residential R-1 - a low-density residential zone, characterized mainly by single-family, single-detached dwellings with the usual community ancillary uses on a neighborhood scale, such as executive subdivisions and relatively exclusive residential communities which are not subdivisions. | | (Residential building/structure for exclusive use of single family occupants) | | | | | 1. Indigenous family dwelling units | | | | 2. Single-detached units | | | | 3. School or company staff housing | | | | 4. Single (nuclear) family dwellings | | | | 5. Churches or similar places of worship | | | | 6. Church rectories | | | | 7. Community facilities and social centers | | | | 8. Parks, playgrounds, pocket parks, parkways, promenades and playlots | | | | 9. Clubhouses and recreational uses such as golf courses, tennis courts, basketball courts, swimming pools and similar uses operated by the government or private individuals as membership organizations for the benefit of their members, families, and guests and not operated primarily for gain. | | | | ACCESSORY | | | | 1. Customary accessory uses incidental to any of the principal uses housed in the same Division A-1 (or R-1 class) building/structure, provided that such accessory uses shall not include any activity conducted for monetary gain or commercial purposes such as servants quarter, private garage, guardhouse, home laundries, non-commercial garages, houses for pets such as dogs, birds, rabbits and the like of not more than 4.00 sq. meters in floor area, pump houses and generator houses. | | | | 2. Auxiliary uses customarily conducted in dwellings and homes for the practice of one's profession such as offices of physicians, surgeons, dentists, architects, engineers, lawyers and other professionals provided that such professionals are members of the family residing in the premises; provided further, that not | | | | CONDITIONAL | | | | 1. Preparatory schools, provided that they do not exceed three (3) classrooms and shall be located not less than 500 meters from nearest existing school offering similar course and are equipped with adequate parking or as provided in the local zoning ordinance. | | | | 2. Boarding houses with no more than eight (8) boarders. | | | | 3. Neighborhood convenience stores selling miscellaneous items, provided that such stores shall not exceed 10% of the gross floor area (GFA) of the dwelling unit and provided that no liquor shall be allowed for sale. | | | | 4. Audio-video and computer rental shops, provided that such shops shall not exceed 10% of the total floor area of the dwelling unit. | | | | 5. Home occupation engaging in an in-house business such as dressmaking, tailoring, and baking, provided that the | | General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure U S E | PRINCIPAL | ACCESSORY | CONDITIONAL | Zoning Classification | more than three (3) semi-professional assistants are employed at any time; that in no case shall more than 20% of the floor area of the building be used for said professional practice or home occupation for engaging in housebusiness such as dressmaking, tailoring, baking and the like, provided that the number of persons engaged in such business/industry shall not exceed five (5), inclusive of the owner; there shall be no change in the outside appearance of the building/structure or premises; no home occupation shall be conducted in any customary accessory use; no traffic shall be generated by such home occupation in greater volume than would normally be expected in a residential neighborhood and any need for parking generated by the conduct of such home occupation shall be met off the street and in place other than in a required front yard; no equipment or process shall be used in such home occupation which creates noise, vibration, glare, fumes, odors or electrical interference detectable to the normal senses and visual or audible interference in any radio or television receivers or causes fluctuation in line voltage of the premises.
General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure U S E Zoning Classification Division A-2 (residential building for the exclusive use of non-leasing occupants not exceeding 10 persons) PRINCIPAL
ACCESSORY
CONDITIONAL
Zoning Classification Residential R-2 - a medium density residential use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise single-attached, duplex or multi-level building/structure for exclusive use as multiple family dwellings. This includes R-2 structures within semi-exclusive subdivisions and semi-exclusive residential communities which are not subdivisions. There shall be two (2) general types of R-2 use or occupancy, to wit: a. Basic R-2: single-attached or duplex building/structure of one (1) storey up to three (3) storeys in height and with each unit for separate General U S E Zoning Classification Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure PRINCIPAL | ACCESSORY | CONDITIONAL ---|---|--- | | 7. Home occupation for the practice of one's profession or for engaging in an in-house business such as dressmaking, tailoring, baking, barber and beauty shops and the like, provided that the area in use shall not exceed 30% of the gross floor area (GFA) of the dwelling unit with the number of persons engaged in such business/industry not exceeding ten (10) inclusive of owner; there shall be no change in the outside appearance of the building or premises. No home occupation shall be conducted in any customary accessory use; no traffic shall be generated by such home occupation in greater volume than would normally be expected in a residential neighborhood and any need for parking generated by the conduct of such home occupation shall be met off the street and in a place other than in a required front yard; no equipment or process shall be used in such home occupation which creates noise, vibration, glare, fumes, odors or electrical interference detectable to the normal senses and use as single-family dwellings and; b. Maximum R-2: low-rise multi-level building/structure of from three (3) up to five (5) storeys in height and/or use as multiple family dwellings. General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure U S E PRINCIPAL | ACCESSORY | CONDITIONAL | Zoning Classification ---|---|---|--- | | | visual or audible interference in any radio or television receivers or causes fluctuation in line voltage of the premises. | | | 8. Car barns for not more than three (3) units. | | | 9. LPG retailing with a maximum of twenty (20) units of LPG tanks at any given time. | | | 10. Recreational facilities such as resorts, swimming pools, clubhouses and similar uses except carnivals and fairs. | | | 11. Bank branches, savings/loans/lending. Group B – Residential (Buildings/Structures, Hotels and Apartments) Division B-1
Residential R-3 - a high-density residential use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure for exclusive use as multiple family dwellings with mixed housing types. R-3 structure may include low-rise or medium-rise residential condominium buildings that are already commercial in nature and scale. There shall be two (2) general types of R-3 use or occupancy, to wit: a. Basic R-3: rowhouse building/structure of from one (1) storey up to three (3) storeys in height and with each unit for separate use as single-family dwellings; and b. Maximum R-3: medium-rise multi-level building structure of from six (6) up to twelve (12) storeys in height and for use as multiple family General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure USE PRINCIPAL
ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification Residential R-4 - a medium to high-density residential use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise townhouse building/structure for exclusive use as multiple family dwellings. The term R-4 specifically refers to the building/structure on an individual lot (a townhouse unit) and generally refers to the series or rows of R-4 buildings/structures within a subdivided lot or property (an R-4 development). Residential R-5 - a very high-density residential use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a medium-rise or high-rise condominium building/structure for exclusive use as multiple family dwelling. Group C – Education and Recreation Division C-1
General USE Zoning Classification Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure PRINCIPAL
Division C-2
ACCESSORY
CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification GI (General Institutional) - a community to national level of institutional use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise, medium-rise or high-rise building/structure for educational, training and related activities, e.g., schools and related facilities and the like. --- General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure Group D – Institutional (Government and Health Services) Division D-1 (Institutional, where personal liberties of inmates are restrained, or quarters of those rendering public PRINCIPAL
ACCESSORY
CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification GI (General Institutional) - a community to national level of institutional use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise, medium-rise or high-rise building/structure for medical, 3.
sanitaria inmates; and similar establishments
training grounds
government service administrative and related activities, e.g., hospitals and related health care facilities, government offices, military, police and correctional buildings and the like. Division D-2 (Institutional, buildings for health care)
aged
age or non-ambulatory patients accommodating more than five (5) persons General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure U S E PRINCIPAL Division D-3 (Institutional, for ambulatory patients or children over kindergarten age)
kindergarten age
Group E – Business and Mercantile (Commercial) Division E-1 (Business and Mercantile, where no work is done except change of parts and maintenance requiring no open flames, welding, or use of highly flammable liquids)
3 class) buildings/structures
buildings, display for cars, tractors, etc.
conveyances
public services ACCESSORY
CONDITIONAL
than six (6) units in number
than three (3) units in number
other concrete products Zoning Classification C-1 (Commercial One or Light Commercial) - a neighborhood or community level of commercial use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low- rise building/structure for low intensity commercial/trade, service and business activities, e.g., one to three (1 to 3) storey shopping centers, small offices or mixed-use/occupancy buildings and the like.
**U S E** **PRINCIPAL**
**Zoning Classification** UTS (Utilities, Transportation and Services) - a range of utilitarian/functional uses or occupancies, characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure for low to high intensity community support functions, e.g., terminals/inter-modals/multi-modals and depots **U S E** **PRINCIPAL**
Division E-2 (Business and Mercantile in nature)
C-2 (Commercial Two or Medium Commercial) - a municipal or city level of commercial use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a medium-rise building/structure for medium to high intensity commercial trade, service and General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure U S E PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification sing-along lounges, bistros, pubs, beer gardens
exceeding three (3) units and storage facilities in support of commercial establishments
business activities, e.g., three to five (3 to 5) storey shopping centers, medium to large office or mixed use/occupancy buildings/structures and the like. SPE (Special) - other vertical facilities not mentioned under regular uses/occupancies of buildings/structures such as cemeteries, memorial parks and the like General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure USE PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification
General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure USE PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification
General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure Division E-3 (Business and Mercantile, where no repair work is done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open flames, welding or use of highly flammable liquid) USE PRINCIPAL
ACCESSORY
CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification C-3 (Commercial Three or Metropolitan Commercial) means a metropolitan level of commercial use/occupancy, characterized mainly as a medium-rise to high-rise building/structure for high to very high intensity commercial trade, service and business activities, e.g., large to very large shopping malls, very large office or mixed-use/occupancy buildings and the like. Group F – Industrial (Non-Pollutive/Non- Hazardous Industries and Non-Pollutive/ Hazardous Industries Division F-1 (Light Industrial)
Customary support facilities for industries such as housing, community, utilities and services Building/structure with lesser negative environmental impact I-1 (Industrial One) - a light industrial use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise but sprawling building/structure for low intensity manufacturing or production activities. --- General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure U S E PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification --- Group G – Storage and Hazardous Industrial (Pollutive/ Non-Hazardous industries and Pollutive/ Hazardous Industries Only) Division G-1 (Medium Industrial, which shall include storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable materials)
Customary support facilities for industries such as housing, community, utilities and services Building/structure with lesser negative environment impact I-2 (Industrial Two) - a medium industrial use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise but sprawling building/structure for medium intensity manufacturing or production activities. 이미지가 비어 있어 텍스트를 추출할 수 없습니다. 다른 이미지를 업로드해 주세요. General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure | U S E | | PRINCIPAL | ACCESSORY | CONDITIONAL | Zoning Classification | Division G-2 (Medium Industrial buildings for storage and handling of flammable materials)
Customary support facilities for industries such as housing, community, utilities and services Building/structure with lesser negative environment impact UTS (Utilities, Transportation and Services) – a range of utilitarian/functional uses/occupancies, characterized mainly by low-rise or medium-rise buildings/structures for low to high intensity community support functions, e.g., power and water generation/distribution facilities, telecommunication facilities, drainage/wastewater and sewerage facilities, solid waste handling facilities and the like excluding terminals/inter-modals/multi-modals and depot --- General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure | U S E | | PRINCIPAL | ACCESSORY | CONDITIONAL | Zoning Classification | Division G-3 (Medium Industrial buildings for wood working activities, papers cardboard manufactures, textile and garment factories)
Customary support facilities for industries such as housing, community, utilities and services Building/structure with lesser negative environment impact
Division G-4 (Medium Industrial, for repair garages and engine manufacture)
Customary support facilities for industries such as housing, community, utilities and services Building/structure with lesser negative environment impact Division G-5 (Medium Industrial, for aircraft facilities)
Customary support facilities for industries such as housing, community, utilities and services Building/structure with lesser negative environment impact General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure USE PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification Group H – Assembly for less than 1,000 (Cultural and/or Recreational) Division H-1 (Recreational, which are assembly buildings with stage and having an occupant load of less than 1,000)
PRE (Park Structures, Recreation and Entertainment) - a range of recreational uses or occupancies, characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure for low to medium intensity recreational or entertainment functions related to educational uses, e.g., structures on campuses or its component parks/open spaces and all other kinds of recreational or assembly buildings/structures on campus such as auditoria, mess halls, seminar facilities, gymnasia, stadia, arenas and the like. CUL (Cultural) - a community to national level of cultural use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure for cultural activities, e.g., cultural centers, convention centers, very large office or mixed-use/occupancy buildings and the like. --- General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure USE PRINCIPAL | ACCESSORY | CONDITIONAL | Zoning Classification --- Division H-2 (Recreational, which are assembly buildings with stage and having an occupant load of 300 or more)
Division H-3 (Recreational, which are assembly buildings with stage and having an occupant load of less than 300)
--- General USE Zoning Classification Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure **Division H-4** (Recreational, tourism estate developments or tourism-oriented establishments, which are structures not included in Divisions H-1) **PRINCIPAL**
**ACCESSORY** (Blank) **CONDITIONAL** (Blank) --- **Group I – Assembly for More than 1,000 (Cultural and/or Recreational)** **Division I-1** (Recreational, Assembly Buildings with stage and an occupant load of 1,000 or more in the building) **PRINCIPAL**
**ACCESSORY**
**CONDITIONAL** (Blank) **Zoning Classification** CUL (Cultural) - a community to national level of cultural use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure for cultural activities PRE (Park Structures, Recreation and Entertainment) - a range of recreational uses or occupancies, characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure for low to medium intensity recreational or --- **General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure** **PRINCIPAL**
**ACCESSORY**
**CONDITIONAL** (Blank) **Zoning Classification** (Continuation of previous text) Group J – Accessory (Agricultural and Other Occupancies/Uses not Specifically Mentioned Under Groups A through I) General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure USE PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification entertainment functions related to educational uses, e.g., structures on campuses or its component parks/open spaces and all other kinds of recreational or assembly buildings/structures on campus such as auditoria, mess halls, seminar facilities, gymnasia, stadia, arenas and the like. Division J-1
a. Sheds b. Barns c. Poultry houses d. Piggeries e. Hatcheries f. Stables g. Greenhouses h. Granaries i. Silos
**A (Agricultural)** - an agricultural or agriculture-related use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure for low to high intensity agricultural or related activities, e.g., poultry houses, hatcheries, piggeries, greenhouses, granaries and the like as well as offices, educational, training, research and related facilities for agriculture and the like. **AI (Agro-Industrial)** - an agro-industrial or related use or occupancy, characterized mainly as a low-rise building/structure for low to high intensity agro-industrial or related activities to include offices, educational, training, research and related facilities for agro-industry. --- General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure | **USE** | | PRINCIPAL | ACCESSORY | CONDITIONAL | Zoning Classification | **PUD (Planned Unit Development)** - refers to land development or redevelopment schemes for a new or built-up project site wherein said project site must have a Comprehensive Development Master Plan (CDMP) or its acceptable equivalent, i.e., a unitary development plan/site plan that permits flexibility in planning/urban design, building/structure siting. other than the required front yard; no equipment or process shall be used in such occupation which creates noise, vibration, glare, fumes, odors and electrical interference detectable to the normal senses and visual or audible interference in any radio or television receiver or causes fluctuations in line voltage of the premises.
General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure U S E PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification General U S E Zoning Classification Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure PRINCIPAL
ACCESSORY (Blank) CONDITIONAL (Blank) --- General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure U S E PRINCIPAL
ACCESSORY (Blank) CONDITIONAL (Blank) Zoning Classification (Blank) local fruits
USE General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure PRINCIPAL | ACCESSORY | CONDITIONAL | Zoning Classification Division J-2 (Accessory)
PUD (Planned Unit Development) - refers to land development or redevelopment schemes for a new or built-up project site wherein said project site must have a Comprehensive Development Master Plan (CDMP) or its acceptable equivalent, i.e., a unitary development plan/site plan that permits flexibility in planning/urban design, building/structure siting, complementarity of building types and land uses, usable open spaces for general public use services and General Classification of Use/Character of Occupancy of Building/Structure USE PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL Zoning Classification Business activities and the preservation of significant natural land features if feasible, whereby said CDMP must be duly approved by the LGU concerned. Division J-3
No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any building which would place the building in a different division of the same group of occupancy or in a different group of occupancies, unless such building is made to comply with the requirements of the Code for such division or group of occupancy. The character of occupancy of existing buildings may be changed subject to the approval of the Building Official and the building may be occupied for purposes set forth in other Groups: Provided the new or proposed use is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the existing use.
When a building is of mixed occupancy or used for more than one occupancy, the whole building shall be subject to the most restrictive requirement pertaining to any of the type of occupancy found therein except in the following: a. When a one-storey building houses more than one occupancy, each portion of the building shall conform to the requirement of the particular occupancy housed therein and; b. Where minor accessory uses do not occupy more than 10% of the area of any floor or a building, nor more than 10% of the basic area permitted in the occupancy requirements, in which case, the major use of the building shall determine the occupancy classification.
Occupancy separations shall be vertical or horizontal or both, or when necessary, of such other forms as may be required to afford a complete separation between the various occupancy divisions in the building.
Occupancy separation shall be classified as “One-Hour Fire-Resistive”, “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive”, “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive” and “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive.” a. A “One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a fire-assembly having a one-hour fire-resistive rating. b. A “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a fire assembly having a two-hour fire-resistive rating. c. A “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than three-hour fire-resistive construction. All openings in walls forming such separation shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating. The total width of all openings in any three-hour fire-resistive occupancy separation wall in any one-storey shall not exceed 25% of the length of the wall in that storey and no single opening shall have an area greater than 10.00 sq. meters. All openings in floors forming a “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be protected by vertical enclosures extending above and below such openings. The walls of such vertical enclosures shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction, and all openings therein shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating. d. A “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall have no openings therein and shall be of not less than four-hour fire-resistive construction.
Occupancy Separations shall be provided between groups, subgroupings, or divisions of occupancies. The Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for appropriate occupancy separations in buildings of mixed occupancy; Provided, that, where any occupancy separation is required, the minimum shall be a "One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation"; and where the occupancy separation is horizontal, structural members supporting the separation shall be protected by an equivalent fire-resistive construction.
a. No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to a public space, yard or street on at least one of its sides. b. For the purpose of this Section, the centerline of an adjoining street or alley shall be considered an adjacent property line. c. Eaves over required windows shall not be less than 750 millimeters from the side and rear property lines.
Exterior walls shall have fire resistance and opening protection in accordance with the requirements set forth by the Secretary. Projections beyond the exterior wall shall not exceed beyond a point one-third the distance from an assumed vertical plane located where the fire-resistive protection of openings is first required to the location on property whichever is the least restrictive. Distance shall be measured at right angles from the property line. When openings in exterior walls are required to be protected due to distance from property line, the sum of the areas of such openings in any storey shall not exceed 50% of the total area of the wall in that storey.
For the purpose of determining the required wall and opening protection, buildings on the same property and court walls shall be assumed to have a property line between them. When a new building is to be erected on the same property with an existing building, the assumed property line from the existing building shall be the distance to the property line for each occupancy as set forth by the Secretary; Provided, that two or more buildings on the same property may be considered as one building if the aggregate area of such building is within the limits of allowable floor areas for a single building, and when the buildings so considered, house different occupancies or are of different types of construction, the area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or construction.
a. The following rules shall be observed in the determination of the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) for buildings and related habitable structures. If the stated rules are compared with (1) Rule VIII Table VIII.1.- Reference Table on Percentage of Site Occupancy and Maximum Allowable Construction Area (MACA); (2) Rule VIII Tables VIII.2. and VIII.3. (setbacks, yards and courts); or (3) with the applicable stipulations under this Rule and with the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code, the more stringent but applicable regulation out of the aforementioned rules should be observed; b. If without a firewall, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured horizontally from the property line to the outermost faces of the exterior walls of the building/structure; Provided, that the distance measured from the property line shall conform with the applicable stipulations of this Rule and Rule VIII; The resultant area established at grade level upon which the proposed building/structure may stand shall be the AMBF; c. Footprint Based on Firewall Provisions i. If with a firewall on one (1) side, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured horizontally from the property line with a firewall to the outermost faces of the opposite exterior walls of the building/structure; Provided, that the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; ii. If with a firewall on two (2) sides or on one (1) side and the rear property line, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured horizontally from the opposing property lines in case of a firewall on two (2) sides or from the rear property line with a firewall to the outermost faces of the opposite exterior walls of the building/structure; provided, that the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; iii. Absolutely no firewalls are allowed for a low density residential (R-1) uses or occupancies; an abutment of up to 3.20 meters from established grade level may however be permitted but solely for the purpose of supporting a carport roof; provided further that such abutment shall be constructed of perforated or decorative concrete blocks above 1.50 meters measured vertically from the established grade level; such an abutment shall not be longer than 7.00 meters or 50% of the side property line in total length, whichever is shorter. iv. For medium density residential (R-2) uses or occupancies, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 80% of the total length of a side property line; provided that only one (1) side property line is used for a firewall in the case of a R-2 structure; and provided further that the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; v. For high-density residential (R-3) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of firewall construction may be permitted:
For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 85% of the total length of each side property line; provided that all firewall construction shall not exceed 65% of the total perimeter of the R-3 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a maximum two (2) storey component structure; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; and
For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side property line and at the rear property line, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 90% of the total length of the side and rear property lines and up to 100% in case the rear property line is only 4.00 meters wide; provided that all firewall construction at the side property lines shall not exceed 50% of the total perimeter of the R-3 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a maximum two (2) storey structure but not at the rear property line where the maximum allowed firewall height shall only be 3.20 meters measured vertically from established grade; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed. vi. For townhouse residential (R-4) uses or occupancies, firewalls on the two (2) sides of each townhouse unit may be permitted; the R-4 firewall can be erected on a maximum of 85% of the total length of each side property line; provided that all firewall construction shall not exceed 50% of the total perimeter of each R-4 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that firewalls in each R-4 use or occupancy shall be allowed for a maximum three (3) storey structure; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; vii. For residential condominium (R-5) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of firewall construction may be permitted:
For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 75% of the total length of each side property line; provided that all firewall construction at the side property lines shall not exceed 50% of the total perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that side firewalls in R-5 uses or occupancies shall only be allowed for a maximum eight (8) storey component structure, i.e., the podium; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; and
For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side and at the rear property line, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 65% of the total length of the side property line and on a maximum of 50% of the total length of the rear property line; provided that all firewall construction shall not exceed 60% of the total perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that the side firewalls in R-5 uses or occupancies shall only be allowed for a maximum eight (8) storey component structure and that at the rear property line, the maximum allowed firewall height shall only be 14.00 meters measured vertically from established grade; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed. viii. All existing openings on all firewalls shall be sealed completely to maintain the fire integrity of adjoining buildings/structures. ix. The provision of a fully functional sprinkler system and the installation of other fire-retardant or fire suppression devices in the case of commercial, institutional and industrial buildings/structures may allow firewall construction for up to 70% of the total perimeter of the property lines provided that the prescribed setbacks, yards and courts fronting the Road Right-Of-Way (RROW) are first fully complied with; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code, particularly on the number, type and locations of fire exits are strictly followed.
Table VII.1. Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) Based on the Allowed Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) of the Total Lot Area (TLA) Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)* by Type/Location of Lot *Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of TLA. | Character of Use/Occupancy | Type of Building/Structure | Interior (or Rear) Lot and End Lot (see Fig. VIII.8 and VIII.5.14. of Rule VIII) | Inside (or Regular) Lot (see Fig. VIII.9 of Rule VIII) | Corner Lot (see Fig. VIII.10 of Rule VIII) | Through Lot (see Fig. VIII.11 of Rule VIII) | Corner-Through Lot (see Fig. VIII.12 of Rule VIII) | Corner Lot Abutting 3 or More Streets, etc. Rivers, Etc. (see Fig. VIII.13. of Rule VIII) | |----------------------------|----------------------------|------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------| | Residential GROUP A-1 (without firewalls) | Residential 1 (R-1) | 3 (floors/storeys) x 60% of TLA | 3 x 50% of TLA | 3 x 70% of TLA | 3 x 70% of TLA | 3 x 70% of TLA | 3 x 70% of TLA | | | Basic Residential 2 (R-2) | 3 x 70% | 3 x 60% | 3 x 70% | 3 x 70% | 3 x 70% | 3 x 70% | | | Maximum Residential 2 (R-2) | 5 x 70% | 5 x 60% | 5 x 70% | 5 x 70% | 5 x 70% | 5 x 70% | | | Basic Residential 3 (R-3) | 3 x 70% | 3 x 70% | 3 x 70% | 3 x 70% | 3 x 70% | 3 x 70% | | | Maximum Residential 3 (R-3) | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | | | Residential 4 (R-4) /Individual Town-house Lots/Units | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | | | Residential 4 (R-4) /Individual Town-house Lots/Units | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | | | Residential 5 (R-5) /Condominiums | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | | Residential GROUP A-1 (with firewalls) | Residential 1 (R-1) | Not applicable (NA) | NA | NA | NA | NA | NA | Character of Use/Occupancy | Type of Building/Structure | Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)* by Type/Location of Lot ---|---|--- *Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of TLA. Basic Residential 2 (R-2) | 3 x 75% | 3 x 70% | 3 x 75% | 3 x 75% | 3 x 75% | 3 x 75% Maximum Residential 2 (R-2) | 5 x 75% | 5 x 70% | 5 x 75% | 5 x 75% | 5 x 75% | 5 x 75% Basic Residential 3 (R-3) | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% Maximum Residential 3 (R-3) | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% Residential 4 (R-4) /Individual Townhouse Lots/Units | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% | 3 x 80% Residential 5 (R-5)/Condominiums | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% | 18 x 80% Commercial GROUPS B, C, E, H, I Commercial 1 (Com-1) | 5 x 80% | 5 x 75% | 5 x 80% | 5 x 80% | 5 x 90% | 5 x 90% Commercial 2 (Com-2) | 12 x 80% | 12 x 75% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 80% | 12 x 90% | 12 x 90% Commercial 3 (Com-3) | 30 x 80% | 30 x 75% | 30 x 80% | 30 x 80% | 30 x 90% | 30 x 90% Commercial 1 (Com-1) with Sprinkler System & Firewalls | 5 x 85% | 5 x 85% | 5 x 90% | 5 x 90% | 5 x 95% | 5 x 95% Commercial 2 (Com-2) with Sprinkler System & Firewalls | 12 x 85% | 12 x 85% | 12 x 90% | 12 x 90% | 12 x 95% | 12 x 95% Commercial 3 (Com-3) with Sprinkler System & Firewalls | 30 x 85% | 30 x 85% | 30 x 90% | 30 x 90% | 30 x 95% | 30 x 95% Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)* by Type/ Location of Lot *Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of TLA. | Character of Use/ Occupancy | Type of Building/ Structure | Duly-approved Building Height Limit (BHL) x 75% of TLA | BHL x 80% of TLA | BHL x 80% of TLA | BHL x 90% of TLA | BHL x 90% of TLA | |-----------------------------|-----------------------------|-------------------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| | Industrial GROUPS F, G | Industrial 1 (Ind-1) | x | x | x | x | x | | | Industrial 2 (Ind-2) | x 80% | x 75% | x 80% | x 80% | x 90% | | | Industrial 3 (Ind-3) | x 80% | x 75% | x 80% | x 90% | x 90% | | | Industrial 1 (Ind-1) with Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 85% | x 85% | x 90% | x 90% | x 95% | | | Industrial 2 (I-2) with Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 85% | x 85% | x 90% | x 90% | x 95% | | | Industrial 3 (Ind-3) with Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 85% | x 85% | x 90% | x 90% | x 95% | | Institutional GROUP D | Without Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 50% | x 50% | x 60% | x 60% | x 60% | | | With Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 60% | x 60% | x 70% | x 70% | x 70% | | Cultural | Without Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 60% | x 60% | x 65% | x 65% | x 65% | | | With Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 70% | x 70% | x 70% | x 70% | x 70% | | Transportation | Without Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 50% | x 50% | x 60% | x 60% | x 60% | | | With Sprinkler System & Firewalls | x 60% | x 60% | x 70% | x 70% | x 70% | Note: Maximum of sixty (60) storeys (180.00 meters) BHL for inland areas not close to airports.
The floor areas hereinabove provided may be increased in certain specific instances and under appropriate conditions, based on the existence of public space, streets or yards extending along and adjoining two or more sides of the building or structure subject to the approval of the Building Official. (Refer to Guidelines on Determining Gross Floor Area and Total Gross Floor Area of a Building/Structure at the end of this Rule)
a. BUILDING HEIGHT LIMIT (BHL) - the maximum height to be allowed for buildings/structures based on their proposed use or occupancy; the BHL is generally determined after the application of other development controls (DC) and certain other parameters, i.e., considerations of site conditions, view, etc. (Table VII.2. of this Rule). The BHL shall be generally measured from the established grade line to the topmost portion of the proposed building/structure. If applicable, the BHL may be subject to clearance requirements of the Air Transportation Office (ATO) or of the concerned military/security authorities. (Refer to Guidelines on Development Controls at the end of this Rule) BHL excludes the height of permitted/allowed projections above the roof of the building/structure, e.g., signage, mast, antenna, telecom tower, beacons and the like. b. The Building Height Limit (BHL) of any proposed building/structure shall only be as allowed under this Rule (as shown in table below) or under the duly approved city/municipal (local) zoning ordinance, whichever is more restrictive. Table VII.2. Building Height Limit (BHL) by Type of Use or Occupancy Character of Use or Occupancy | Type of Building/Structure | Number of allowable storeys/floors above established grade | Building Height Limit (BHL) - Meters above highest grade ---|---|---|--- 1. Residential | Residential 1 (R-1) | 3 | 10.00 | Residential 2 (R-2) | | | | a. Basic | 3 | 10.00 | b. Maximum | 5 | 15.00 | Residential 3 (R-3) | | | | a. Basic | 3 | 10.00 | b. Maximum | 12 | 36.00 | Residential 4 (R-4)/Townhouses (Individual lots/units) | 3 | 10.00 | Residential 5 (R-5)/Condominiums | 12 - 18 | 36.00 - 54.00 2. Commercial | Commercial 1 (C-1) | 3 - 5 | 10.00 - 15.00 | Commercial 2 (C-2) | 6 | 18.00 | Commercial 3 (C-3) | 16 - 60 | 48.00 - 180.00
| Industrial 2 (I-2) | | 21.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of | Industrial 3 (I-3) | | 27.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of
| PUD at a reclamation area | 3 - 30 | 10.00 - 30.00 | PUD at a coastal area | 16 - 45 | 48.00 - 135.00 | PUD at an inland area close to an operating airport | 3 - 25 | 10.00 - 75.00 (with ATO-prescribed BHL as needed) | PUD at an inland area | 12 - 60 | 36.00 - 180.00 Notes: a. Establishing Grade - In case of sloping grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBF) running perpendicular to the RROW has a difference in elevation of less than 3.00 meters, the highest adjoining natural grade (ground surface) or finished grade (sidewalk surface) shall be considered the established grade elevation (Figure VII.1); - In case of sloping grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBF) running perpendicular to the RROW has a difference in elevation of more than 3.00 meters, the average grade level of the building footprint (AMBF) shall be considered the established grade elevation (see Figure VII.3.); and - The building/structure height shall be measured from the highest adjoining public sidewalk (finished grade) or ground surface (natural grade); Provided, that the height measured from the lowest adjoining surface shall not exceed such maximum height by more than 3.00 meters; Except, that towers, spires and steeples, erected as parts of the building and not used for habitation or storage are limited as to the height only by structural design, if completely of incombustible materials, or may extend but not exceed 6.00 meters above the prescribed building height limit (BHL) for each occupancy group, if of combustible materials (Figures VII.2.). HEIGHT OF BUILDING / STRUCTURE Figure VII.1. FLAT ROOF OR PARAPET HIGHEST ADJOINING SURFACE OR GROUND GRADE ELEVATION (by 3.00 M. MAX.) HEIGHT OF BLDG. BLDG. Figure VII.2. PITCHED, GABLED OR HIPED ROOF SPIRES, TOWERS (by 6.00 M. MAX.) HEIGHT OF BUILDING BLDG. Figure VII.3. SPIRES, TOWERS (by 6.00 M. MAX.) NEW HEIGHT OF BLDG. IF RIS ABOVE THAN 100 M. ESTABLISHED GRADE ELEVATION (by 3.00 M.) BLDG.
a. In any given locality, the height of proposed buildings/structures shall be governed by the following factors: i. The designer/space planner must consider both the present and projected population density within the project site and in the project's location/area at full completion/operation of the project; ii. For a given volume of building/structure (the building bulk), that which has a lesser Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) or area of ground coverage Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) or Maximum Allowable Construction Area (MACA) may be built higher than that with a greater PSO, AMBF or MACA; iii. A proposed building/structure which has a greater TGFA requirement shall be built higher than that with a lower TGFA requirement; iv. A proposed building/structure on a lot with a higher FLAR designation/rights may be built higher than that on a lot with a lower FLAR designation/rights; and v. Lots that face a wider PROW and therefore with more PROW features/elements may become the site of a taller building/structure as compared to a lot facing a narrow PROW. b. The height of proposed buildings/structures shall also be governed by the following PROW-based limitations: i. If only one (1) PROW services a lot and such is only 6.00 to 7.00 meters wide, a BHL of three (3) storeys (or 9.00 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless of use or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations. ii. If only one (1) PROW services a lot and such is only 4.00 to 5.00 meters wide, a BHL equivalent to 2 ½ storeys (or 7.50 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless of use or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations. If only one (1) PROW services a lot and such is only 3.00 meters wide or less, a BHL equivalent to two (2) storeys (or 6.00 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless of use or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations. iii. Taller buildings are allowed for duly approved high-density developments such as Planned Unit Development (PUD) areas. Taller and bulkier buildings are better suited in such areas due to higher end-user targets, more advanced and coordinated planning efforts and the application of more stringent development controls (DC) by the project proponents themselves. c. The following factors shall also be considered in the determination of the building height: i. Soil characteristics, lot location in relation to fault lines and earthquake belts or proximity to volcanoes and other geological conditions. ii. Hydrological conditions such as the water table at the site and distance to waterways and shorelines. iii. Meteorological conditions such as the frequency and intensity of destructive typhoons/monsoon winds/rains, prevailing wind speed and direction, relative humidity, amount of precipitation and the prevailing ambient conditions. iv. Effects of environmental conditions on the building/structure and vice versa coupled with the effective control of air, noise and thermal pollution, radiant heat, lights and shadows, etc., and the optimization of natural light and ventilation. v. Effects of traffic conditions on the building/structure and vice versa and the satisfaction of parking/loading requirements in accordance with this Rule. vi. Availability and capacity of public utility/service system considering the availability and adequacy of electric power, potable and non-potable water supply, drainage and sewerage, transportation and communications facilities, solid waste management system, etc. vii. Need for applicable building safety and maintenance systems, e.g., lightning arresters, beacons, protective railings and barriers, gondolas, window washing systems, etc. d. In accordance with the Standards and Recommended Practices (SARP's) of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) where the Philippines is a member state, and Administrative Order No. 5 (Civil Air Regulation) of the Air Transportation Office (ATO), the following rules and regulations shall govern the construction of buildings/structures within the 24-kilometer radius of aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operate and within the 10-kilometer radius of aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft operate. (Figs. VII.4 through VII.6.) i. The height of buildings/structures within this area shall be limited by an imaginary line with slope of 2% (1:50) for aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operates, and 2.5% (1:40) for aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft operates from the inner edge reckoned from the surface of the runway. The dimensions of the isosceles trapezoidal area as shown on Table VII.3 below: Table VII.3. Dimensions of Isosceles Trapezoid | Type of Aerodrome | Inner Edge (Start Base) (meters) | Long Base (meters) | Distance Between Bases (meters) | |-----------------------------------------------|----------------------------------|--------------------|----------------------------------| | Aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operates | 300 | 4,800 | 15,000 | | | 150 | 4,650 | 15,000 | | Aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft operates | 150 | 2,150 | 10,000 | | | 100 | 2,100 | 10,000 | ii. A height clearance permit shall be first secured from the Air Transportation Office (ATO) before a building permit may be issued for the construction of buildings/structures located:
Within 4-kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome regardless of height;
From 4-kilometer to 24-kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome where turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding 45.00 meters in height above the elevation of the runway; and
From 4-kilometer to 10-kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome where no turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding 45.00 meters in height above the elevation of the runway. OBSTACLE LIMITATION SURFACES FOR AERODROMES WHERE TURBO AND NO TURBO JET- AIRCRAFT OPERATES Figure VII.4. 이미지에 포함된 텍스트는 다음과 같습니다: --- LONGITUDINAL SECTION NOT TO SCALE OBSTACLE LIMITATION SURFACES FOR AERODROMES WHERE TURBO AND NO TURBO JET- AIRCRAFT OPERATES OUTER HORIZONTAL SURFACE (120,000 M - 150,000 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) (150,000 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) APPROACH / DEPARTURE SURFACE (60,000 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) (45,000 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) (22,500 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) (15,000 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) (10,000 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) (4 KM OR 8 KM WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) RUNWAY STRIP LENGTH CLEARWAY / STOPWAY (90 M) END OF RUNWAY RUNWAY SYMMETRICAL ALONG THE RUNWAY CENTERLINE INNER EDGE Figure VII.5. --- ``` TRANSVERSE SECTION OBSTACLE LIMITATION SURFACES FOR AERODROMES WHERE TURBO-JET AND NO TURBO JET- AIRCRAFT OPERATES OUTER HORIZONTAL SURFACE 10,000 M WHERE NO TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES 15,000 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES CONICAL SURFACE 1:20 SLOPE INNER HORIZONTAL SURFACE 4,500 M WHERE NO TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES 7,500 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES TRANSITIONAL SURFACE 1:7 SLOPE RUNWAY STRIP WIDTH 150 M - 140 M WHERE NO TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES 300 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES RUNWAY SYMMETRICAL ALONG THE CENTERLINE 20,000 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES 10,000 M WHERE NO TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES 3,150 M (7,500 M WHERE TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) (4,500 M WHERE NO TURBO JET-AIRCRAFT OPERATES) Figure VII.6. ```
a. The parking slot, parking area and loading/unloading space requirements listed hereafter are generally the minimum off-street cum on-site requirements for specific uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be located outside of the road right-of-way (RROW). b. The size of an average automobile (car) parking slot must be computed at 2.50 meters by 5.00 meters for perpendicular or diagonal parking and at 2.15 meters by 6.00 meters for parallel parking. A standard truck or bus parking/loading slot must be computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 12.00 meters. An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 18.00 meters which should be sufficient to accommodate a 12.00 meters container van or bulk carrier and a long/hooded prime mover. A jeepney or shuttle parking/loading/unloading slot must be computed at a minimum of 3.00 meters by 9.00 meters. The parking slots shall be drawn to scale and the total number of which shall be indicated on the plans and specified whether or not parking accommodations are attendant-managed. c. The parking space ratings listed below are minimum off-street/off-RROW cum on-site requirements for specific uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be located outside of the road right-of-way (RROW): Table VII.4. Minimum Required Off-Street (Off-RROW) cum On-Site Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading/Unloading Space Requirements by Allowed Use or Occupancy | Specific Uses or Occupancy (refer to Section 701 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements | |-----------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------| | 1. GROUP A | | | | 1.1. Division A-1 | Single family and multi-family dwelling units [whether single-detached (R-1), single-attached or duplex (R-2) or rowhouse (R-3)], each privately owned or lots with dwelling units located in residential subdivisions/developments regardless of number of hectares/dwelling units | Units with a lot measuring 32.00 to 72.00 sq. meters and/or with a dwelling unit having a gross floor area of 18.00 to 22.00 sq. meters - a minimum of one (1) pooled off-street cum on-site parking slot* for every six (6) lots or lots with dwelling units; Units with a lot measuring 50.00 to 96.00 sq. meters and/or with a dwelling unit having a gross floor area of 30.00 to 42.00 sq. meters - a minimum of one (1) pooled off-street cum on-site parking slot* for every four (4) lots or lots with dwelling units; | Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 701 of this Rule) Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements Unit with a lot measuring 100.00 to 120.00 sq. meters and/or with a dwelling unit having a minimum gross floor area of from 30.00 to 42.00 sq. meters - a minimum of one (1) off-street cum on-site parking slot* for each lot or lot with dwelling unit; Unit with a lot measuring more than 120.00 sq. meters and/or with a dwelling unit having a minimum gross floor area of more than 42.00 sq. meters - minimum of one (1) off-street cum on-site parking slot* for each lot or lot with dwelling unit; Units located in town house (R-4) buildings/structures regardless of number of storeys Units with a gross floor area of 50.00 sq. meters – provide one (1) pooled parking slot* for every two (2) units or fraction thereof, i.e., with more than two (2) but not less than four (4) units; Unit with a gross floor area above 50.00 up to 150.00 sq. meters – provide one (1) parking slot* for each unit; Unit with a gross floor area above 150.00 sq. meters – provide two (2) parking slots* for each unit. Indigenous family dwelling units; each privately owned At least one (1) car parking slot* for every six (6) dwelling units and which shall be provided outside of the PROW (within property or lot lines only) Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. **The following prohibitions on parking slots:
Buildings/Structures | Requirements ---|--- 1.2. Division A-2 | Multi-family dwelling units located in residential condominium (R-5) buildings/structures regardless of number of storeys | Units with a gross floor area of from 18.00 to 22.00 sq. meters - provide one (1) pooled parking slot* for every eight (8) units or for a fraction thereof, e.g., another slot* shall be provided if there are more than eight (8) units but less than sixteen (16) units, etc.; | Units with a gross floor area up to 50.00 sq. meters - provide one (1) pooled parking slot* for every six (6) medium cost units or for a fraction thereof, e.g., another slot* shall be provided if there are more than six (6) but less than twelve (12) medium cost units, etc., or provide one (1) parking slot* for each open market unit (as defined under the revised IRR of PD 957); | Units with a gross floor area above 50.00 sq. meters up to 100.00 sq. meters - provide one (1) pooled parking slot* for every four (4) medium cost units, or provide one (1) parking slot* for each open market unit (as defined under the revised IRR of PD 957); and | Units with a gross floor area of more than 100.00 sq. meters - one (1) parking slot* for each unit.
2.1. Division B-1 | Hotels | One (1) car parking slot for every three (3) rooms or a fraction thereof for highly urbanized areas and one (1) car parking slot for every seven (7) rooms or a fraction thereof for all other areas; and two (2) tourist bus parking slots for each hotel; provide at least one (1) loading slot for articulated truck or vehicle Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. Specific Uses of Occupancy (refer to Section 701 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements ---|---|--- A 12.00 meters long container van plus 4.00 meter length for the prime mover and one (1) loading slot for a standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of gross floor area (GFA); and provide truck maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property or lot lines only) Residential hotels and apartels | One (1) car slot for every five (5) units or a fraction thereof; and one (1) bus parking slot for every sixty (60) rooms/units or a fraction thereof Motels | One (1) car slot for every unit Pension/boarding/lodging houses | One (1) car slot for every twenty (20) beds
3.1. Division C-1 | Bowling alleys | One (1) car slot for every four (4) alleys 3.2. Division C-2 | Churches and similar places of worship | One (1) car slot and one (1) jeepney/shuttle slot for every 50.00 sq. meters of congregation area Public elementary, secondary, vocational and trade school (GI) | One (1) off-street cum on-site parking slot for every ten (10) classrooms; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots Private elementary, secondary, vocational and trade school (GI) | One (1) car slot for every five (5) classrooms; one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; and one (1) school bus slot for every one hundred (100) students Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. ** The following prohibitions on parking slots:
Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 701 of this Rule) Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements Public colleges and universities (G1) One (1) car slot for every five (5) classrooms; one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; and one (1) school bus slot for every two hundred (200) students Private colleges and universities (G1) One (1) car slot for every three (3) classrooms; one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; and one (1) school bus slot for every one hundred (100) students
4.1. Division D-1 Mental hospitals, sanitariia and mental asylums and like uses One (1) off-street cum on-site car parking slot for every twenty five (25) beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots 4.2. Division D-2 Public hospital One (1) off-street cum on-site car parking slot for every twenty five (25) beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (1) loading slot for articulated truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meter long container van plus 6.00 meter length for a long/hooded prime mover) and one (1) loading slot for a standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of gross floor area (GFA); and provide truck maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property or lot lines only) Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. **The following prohibitions on parking slots:
Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 1.3 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements ---|---|--- Private hospital | One (1) off-street cum on-site car parking slot for every twelve (12) beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (12) loading slot for articulated truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meters long container van plus 6.00 meters length for a long/hooded prime mover) and one (1) loading slot for a standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA; and provide truck maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property or lot lines only). 4.3. Division D-3 | Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, school and home, for children over kindergarten age, orphanages and the like | One (1) off-street cum on-site car parking slot for every twelve (12) beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots.
5.1. Division E-1 | Terminals, Inter-modals or Multi-modals, Depots and the like (UTS) | One (1) car slot for every 500.00 sq. meters of gross floor area or for a fraction thereof; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots or two (2) queued bus slots whichever is applicable; maneuvering area of buses, trucks and like vehicles shall be outside of the RROW (within property or lot lines only). Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 1.3 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements ---|---|--- Transit Stations and the like (UTS) | Provide on each side of the RROW one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate four (4) queued jeepney/shuttle slots or three (3) queued bus slots whichever is applicable; in case of elevated mass transit stations, on-roadway terminals or on-RROW terminals on both sides of the RROW may be considered 5.2. Division E-2 | Neighborhood shopping center/supermarket (C-1) | One (1) car slot for every 100.00 sq. meters of shopping floor area Public Markets (C) | One (1) customer (buyer) jeepney/shuttle parking slot for every 150.00 sq. meters of wet and dry market floor area and one (1) vendor (seller) jeepney/shuttle parking slot or loading space for every 300.00 sq. meters of wet and dry market floor area; and one (1) off-RROW (off-street) terminal that can accommodate at least two (2) jeepneys and six (6) tricycles for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of wet and dry market floor area Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses (C) | One (1) car slot for every 30.00 sq. meters of customer area Nightclubs, super clubs and theater-restaurants (C) | One (1) car slot for every 20 sq. meters of customer area; and two (2) tourist parking slots for tourist bus parking slots for each theater-restaurant Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 1.3 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements ---|---|--- Nightclubs, super clubs and theater-restaurants (C) | One (1) car slot for every 30.00 sq. meters of customer area Units located in office, commercial or mixed-use condominium buildings/structures regardless of number of storeys | Units with a gross floor area of from 18.00 to 40.00 sq. meters – provide one (1) pooled parking slot* for every two (2) units or for a fraction thereof; | Unit with a gross floor area of from 41.00 to 70.00 sq. meters – provide one (1) parking slot* for each unit; and | Unit with a gross floor area of more than 70.00 sq. meters – provide one (1) parking slot* for every 70.00 sq. meters and for a fraction thereof; Columbarium | One (1) car slot for every compartment niche 5.3. Division E-3 | Aircraft hangars, open parking carports and garages, etc. | One (1) car slot for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross floor area and one (1) bus slot for every one hundred (100) workers; if number of workers exceed two hundred (200), provide one (1) off-ROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots
6.1. Division F-1 | Industrial buildings, mills, breweries, etc. (I) | One (1) car slot for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross floor area and one (1) bus slot for every one hundred (100) workers; if number of workers exceed two hundred (200), provide one (1) off-ROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (1) loading slot Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 1.3 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements ---|---|--- truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meter long container van plus 6.00 meters length for a long/hooded prime mover) and one (1) loading slot for a standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA; and provide truck maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property or lot lines only)
7.1. Division G-1 | Industrial buildings, factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile buildings, warehouses, storage bins, power and water generation/distribution facilities | One (1) car slot for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross floor area and one (1) bus slot for every one hundred (100) workers; if number of workers exceed two hundred (200), provide one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (1) loading slot for articulated truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meter long container van plus 6.00 meters length for a long/hooded prime mover) and one (1) loading slot for a standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA; and provide truck maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property or lot lines only) 7.2. Division G-2 | -do- | -do- 7.3. Division G-3 | -do- | -do- 7.4. Division G-4 | -do- | -do- 7.5. Division G-5 | -do- | -do- Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. **The following prohibitions on parking slots:
| Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 1.3 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements | |---|---|---| | 8.1. Division H-1 | Public recreational assembly buildings such as theaters/cinemas, auditoria, etc. | One (1) car slot and one (1) jeepney/shuttle slot for every 50.00 sq. meters of spectator area; and one (1) bus parking slot for every two hundred (200) spectators | | 8.2 Division H-2 | Dance halls, cabarets, ballrooms, skating rinks and cockfighting arenas, etc. | -do- | | 8.3 Division H-3 | Dance halls, ballrooms, skating rinks, etc. | -do- | | 8.4 Division H-4 | Covered amusement parks, amusement and entertainment complexes, etc. | One (1) car slot for every 50.00 sq. meters of gross floor area | | | Clubhouses, beach houses and the like | One (1) slot for every 100.00 sq. meters of gross floor area |
| Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 1.3 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements | |---|---|---| | 9.1. Division I-1 | Recreational or similar public assembly buildings such as stadia, sports complexes, convention centers, etc. | One (1) car slot and one (1) jeepney/shuttle slot for every 50.00 sq. meters of spectator area; and one (1) bus parking slot for every two hundred (200) spectators |
| Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 1.3 of this Rule) | Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures | Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements | |---|---|---| | 10.1. Division J-1 | Agriculture-related uses or occupancies (A) | Not required if located outside urbanized area; if located within urbanized area, provide one (1) car slot for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross floor area and one (1) bus slot for every one hundred (100) workers; if number of workers exceed two hundred (200), provide one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (1) loading slot for articulated truck or vehicle | Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. ** The following prohibitions on parking slots:
Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Section 1.3 of this Rule) Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies or Type of Buildings/Structures Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading Space Requirements (a 12.00 meter long container van plus 6.00 meters length for a long/hooded prime mover) and one (1) loading slot for a standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA; and provide truck maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property or lot lines only) 10.2. Division J-2 Other uses not classified in previous sections (PUD, etc.) Provide parking requirements stipulated for most similar or most related uses/occupancies Note: * The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking. --- d. In computing for parking slots, a fraction of 50% and above shall be considered as one (1) car parking slot to be provided. In all cases however, a minimum of one (1) car parking slot shall be provided unless otherwise allowed under this Rule. i. Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building/structure within 200.00 meter radius, provided at least 80% of the parking requirements are complied with and integrated in the building design. ii. Special Provision on the Handicapped: For buildings/structures to be provided with features intended for the use or occupancy of the handicapped, the minimum provisions of Batas Pambansa (BP) Bilang 344 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) with respect to parking shall be strictly observed. e. Allowed Off-RROW/Off-Street and On-Site Parking Provision: i. In addition to on-site cum off-RROW (off-street) parking provisions mandated under this Rule, off-site cum off-street parking facilities may be allowed and considered part of a project provided that such facilities specifically consist of reserved or leased parking slots within a permanent parking building/structure and not in a vacant parking lot or parking structure/space for a commercial development and provided further that such parking slots are located no more than 100.00 meters away from a residential building project or are located no more than 200.00 meters away from an office or commercial building project. ii. Direct access of parking/loading/utility slots and terminals to the RROW shall be generally disallowed to prevent the usage of the RROW as a maneuvering area. iii. Traffic generating buildings such as shopping malls or similar facilities that have very high volumes of pedestrian and vehicular traffic may be located at major intersections or within 100.00 meters of such intersections, provided that the distance between the street curb of the ingress/egress of such a commercial lot/property (nearest the intersection) and the straight curb of the intersection shall not be less than 50.00 meters. (Fig. VII.7) iv. For R-2, R-3, GI, C, C-2 and C-3 uses or occupancies, front yards abutting RROW are not to be used for long-term off-street parking. Due to the very public nature of these uses (high vehicular and pedestrian concentrations), the front yard (a transition space between the RROW and the building/structure) shall be used exclusively for driveways, off-RROW loading spaces, short-term off-RROW parking and landscaping (hardscape and softscape) treatment. Temporary or short-term off-street parking, particularly on driveways, shall preferably be only for visitors to these buildings/structures. v. For Basic R-2 and Basic R-3 uses or occupancies (for single family dwelling units only), up to 50% of the front yard abutting the RROW may be paved/hardscaped, i.e., converted into a courtyard for carport use. Such use shall not be permitted in all other uses or occupancies.
The dwelling shall occupy not more than 90% of a corner lot and 80% of an inside lot, and subject to the provisions on Easements of Light and View of the Civil Code of Philippines, shall be at least 2.00 meters from the property line.
Every dwelling shall be so constructed and arranged as to provide adequate light and ventilation as provided under Section 805 to Section 811 of the Code.
Every dwelling shall be provided with at least one sanitary toilet and adequate washing and drainage facilities.
Footings shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be at least 250 millimeters thick and 600 millimeters below the surface of the ground.
The dimensions of wooden posts shall be those found in Table VII.5.: Dimensions of Wooden Posts. Each post shall be anchored to such footing by straps and bolts of adequate size. Table VII.5.: Dimensions of Wooden Posts or Suportales | Type Building | Maximum Height of 1st Floor (meters) | Maximum Height Total (meters) | Maximum Spacing of Post (meters) | Required Maximum Finished Size of Suportales (millimeters) | |------------------------|--------------------------------------|-------------------------------|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------| | 1-Storey Shed | - | 4.00 | 3.50 | 100 X 100 | | 1-Storey Shed | - | 3.00 | 4.00 | 100 X 100 | | 1-Storey Shed | - | 5.00 | 4.00 | 125 X 125 | | 1-Storey House or Chalet | 1.00 - 3.00 | 5.50 | 3.60 | 125 X 125 | | 2-Storey House | 3.00 | 6.00 | 3.00 | 125 X 125 | | 2-Storey House | 4.50 | 7.00 | 4.00 | 120 X 120 | | 2-Storey House | 5.00 | 8.00 | 4.50 | 175 X 175 | | 2-Storey House | - | 9.00 | 4.50 | 200 X 200 | Logs or tree trunk suportales may be used as post in indigenous traditional type of construction, provided that these are of such sizes and spacing as to sustain vertical loading equivalent at least to the loading capacities of the posts and spacing in this Table.
The live load of the first floor shall be at least 200 kilograms per sq. meter and for the second floor, at least 150 kilograms per sq. meter.
The wind load for roofs shall be at least 120 kilograms per sq. meter for vertical projection.
Stairs shall be at least 750 millimeters in clear width, with a rise of 200 millimeters and a minimum run of 200 millimeters.
There shall be at least one entrance and another one for exit.
All electrical installations shall conform to the requirements of the Philippine Electrical Code.
Mechanical systems and/or equipment installations shall be subject to the requirements of the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code.
Subject to the provisions of the Code, the Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for each of the other Group Occupancies covering: allowable construction, height, and area; location on property, exit facilities, light and ventilation, sanitation; enclosures of vertical openings; fire extinguishing systems; and special hazards. GUIDELINES ON BUILDING BULK, DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS, BUILDINGS AND OTHER ACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN CEMETERIES AND MEMORIAL PARKS A. DETERMINING BUILDING BULK
--- Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls Table VII.G.2. Conversion Table of Gross Floor Area (GFA) to Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) | Type of Building/Structure based on Use/Occupancy | Excluded Floor Areas (non-GFA) as a Percentage (%) of the TGFA | Multiplier to Convert the GFA to TGFA | |--------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------| | Residential 1 | 33% | 1.50 | | Residential 2 (Basic), Residential 3 (Basic) and Residential 4 | 20% | 1.25 | | Residential 2 (Maximum), Residential 3 (Maximum) and Residential 5 | 16% | 1.20 | | Commercial 1 | 20% | 1.25 | | Commercial 2 | 25% | 1.33 | | Commercial 3 | 33% | 1.50 | | Industrial 1 | 25% | 1.33 | | Industrial 2 and 3 | 33% | 1.50 | | Transportation, Utility and Service Areas | 33% | 1.50 | | Agricultural and Agro-Industrial | 2%-5% | 1.03-1.06 |
Table VII.G.3. Reference Table of Angles/Slopes* To Satisfy Natural Light and Ventilation Requirements Along RROW and Front Yards | Type of Use or Occupancy | Width of Road Right-of-Way (RROW) | Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for Buildings/Structures Without Projections** | Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for Buildings/Structures With Projections* | |--------------------------|-----------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------| | | | Angle from Centerline of RROW (Degrees) | Ratio (Slope) | Angle from Centerline of RROW (Degree) | Ratio (Slope) | | Residential 1 (R-1) | 8.00 meters | 46.5 | 9 m:8.5m (1.06) | 50.0 | 7.5 m:6.25m (1.20) | | | 10.00 meters | 43.0 | 9 m:9.5m (0.95) | 46.0 | 7.5 m:7.25m (1.03) | | | 12.00 meters | 40.0 | 9 m:10.5m (0.86) | 43.0 | 7.5 m:8.25m (0.91) | | | 14.00 meters | 38.0 | 9 m:11.5m (0.78) | 39.0 | 7.5 m:9.25m (0.81) | | | 16.00 meters | 35.0 | 9 m:12.5m (0.72) | 36.0 | 7.5 m:10.25m (0.73) | | | 18.00 meters | 33.5 | 9 m:13.5m (0.67) | 33.0 | 7.5 m:11.25m (0.67) | | | 20.00 meters | 31.0 | 9 m:14.5m (0.62) | 32.0 | 7.5 m:12.25m (0.61) | | Commercial 3 (C-3) | 8.00 meters | 71.0 | 48 m:16.5m (2.90) | - | - | | | 10.00 meters | 69.5 | 48 m:17.5m (2.74) | - | - | * Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls Continuation Table VII.G.3. | Type of Use or Occupancy | Width of Road Right-of-Way (RROW) | Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for Buildings/Structures Without Projections** | Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for Buildings/Structures With Projections** | |--------------------------|-----------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------| | | | Angle from Centerline of RROW (Degrees) | Ratio (Slope) | | | | Commercial 3 (C-3) | 12.00 meters | 68.0 | 48 m:18.5m (2.59) | - | - | | | 14.00 meters | 65.5 | 48 m:19.5m (2.46) | - | - | | | 16.00 meters | 63.6 | 48 m:20.5m (2.34) | - | - | | | 18.00 meters | 61.7 | 48 m:21.5m (2.23) | - | - | | | 20.00 meters | 60.0 | 48 m:22.5m (2.13) | - | - | NOTE: * To be used for plotting the angular plane from the grade level centerline of the RROW. The angular plane can also help determine the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB) as well as the alternative incremental setback lines. Only the uses/occupancies with the least and heaviest developments (R-1 and C-3 respectively) are shown. The angles/slopes of angular planes for all other uses/occupancies in between can be extrapolated. ** Considered projections from the outermost face of the building/structure are eaves, medias aguas (canopy or windows), cantilevers, heavy sign supports (only for applications permitted or consistent with the Code) and the like.
a. Multiply the AMBF (in square meters) for the lot by the applicable BHL (in meters) for the lot to arrive at the initial AMVB (in cubic meters); the result of this step is the imaginary footprint prism; b. Superimpose the angular plane originating from the center of the RROW on the footprint prism; this shall result in the reduction of the initially computed building volume due to the application of incremental setbacks and of roof configuration dictated by the angular plane; the result of this step is the AMVB; c. To crosscheck the AMVB against the Allowable Maximum TGFA (separately determined), convert the AMVB into its approximate area equivalent (in sq. meters) by dividing it with the BHL. Before converting the AMVB to its area component, check for the effects of the incremental setbacks on the TGFA for each floor of the proposed building/structure. B. Application of Development Controls (DC) (To Determine the Maximum Development Potential of a Lot)
a. Refer to Rule VIII for prescribed setbacks, yards, courts (at grade level), etc. applicable to the lot/project site; determine the extent of firewall construction if required and/or if permitted; refer to Rule VIII for the Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO); compute for the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) under this Rule by using the formula: Allowable Maximum Building/ Footprint or AMBF (in sq. meters) = [ Total Lot Area (TLA) - Land area required for yards/courts (prescribed under Rule VIII) ] + [ Additional buildable lot area due to Firewall construction (if permitted under this Rule) ] b. Check resultant building footprint against applicable PSO under Reference Table VIII.1. of Rule VIII and consult existing applicable and/or duly approved zoning ordinances; to check, use the formula: Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) = [ Allowable Maximum Building Footprint or AMBF (in square meters) ÷ Total Lot Area (TLA) ] c. Compute for the resultant height of the building/structure by referring to Table VII.2. of this Rule and by using the formula: Resultant Height of the building/structure (in meters) = [ Building Height Limit or the BHL (as expressed in number of floors/storeys) X Desired Floor to Floor Height (in meters) ] d. Check the resultant height against the BHL (refer to Table VII.2. of this Rule); if a greater building/structure height is desired, consult existing zoning ordinances or other applicable laws for possible relief; if relief cannot be sought, explore sub-grade (basement level) solutions or reduce the desired floor to floor heights in case it is greater than 3.00 meters. e. Establish the Outermost Faces of Building (OFB) to help determine the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB) and to satisfy natural light and ventilation requirements for PROW and front yards abutting PROW; an imaginary prism within which the proposed building/structure must fit shall result, unless specifically allowed under the Code; thereafter, establish the Outermost Limits of Building Projections (OLBP) to fully comply with other applicable light and ventilation provisions; f. Initially determine building bulk by computing for the maximum allowable Gross Floor Area (GFA) for the building/structure using the formula: Gross Floor Area (GFA) of the building/structure (in square meters) = [ Total Lot Area (TLA) X Recommended Floor to Lot Area Ratio (FLAR)* ] NOTE: * Refer to Table VII.G.1. of this Guideline (Recommended FLAR Designations/Rights) and/or consult existing applicable and duly-approved zoning ordinances. i. GROSS FLOOR AREA (GFA) - the total floor space within the perimeter of the permanent external building walls (inclusive of main and auxiliary buildings) such as office areas, residential areas, corridors, lobbies and mezzanine level/s. The GFA shall also include building projections which may serve as floors or platforms that are directly connected to/integrated with areas within the building/structure, e.g., balconies (Refer to Section 1004 of Rule X of this IRR) and the GFA excludes the following:
Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services and utilities;
Vertical penetrations in parking floors where no residential or office units are present; and
Uncovered areas for helipads, air-conditioning cooling towers or air-conditioning condensing unit (ACCU), balconies, overhead water tanks, roof decks, laundry areas and cages, wading or swimming pools, whirlpools or jacuzzis, terraces, gardens, courts or plazas, balconies exceeding 10.00 sq. meters, fire escape structures and the like. g. Determine the Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) to approximate building volume using the formula hereafter. In particular, determine the minimum required off-street cum on-site parking provisions, driveways and related access systems, particularly for new developments and/or re-developments whereby provisions of this Guideline shall apply. Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) of the building/structure (in sq. meters) = Gross Floor Area (GFA) of the building/structure (in square meters) + Non-GFA areas* – All requirements for courts at all floors (above grade) under Rule VIII (in square meters) NOTE: * Compute for all other areas not covered by the FLAR or by the GFA using Table VII.G.2. i. TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA (TGFA) - the total floor space within the main and auxiliary buildings primarily consisting of the GFA and all other enclosed support areas together with all other usable horizontal areas/surfaces above and below established grade level that are all physically attached to the building/s which shall consist of the following:
Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services and utilities. The TGFA specifically excludes provisions for courts above grade level;
Vertical penetrations in parking floors where no residential or office units are present;
Uncovered areas for helipads, air-conditioning cooling towers or ACCU balconies, overhead water tanks, roof decks, laundry areas and cages, wading or swimming pools, whirlpool or jacuzzis, terraces, gardens, courts or plazas, balconies exceeding 10.00 sq. meters, fire escape structures and the like; and
Other building projections which may additionally function as floors or platforms if properly reinforced, e.g., the top surfaces of roof extensions/eaves, sun-breakers, large roofed or cantilevered areas such as porte cocheres, canopies and the like. ``` ANGLES FROM CENTERLINE THAT DETERMINE THE OFB AND OLB OF R-1 BUILDING STRUCTURES (WITH AND WITHOUT PROJECTIONS) ALONG A 14.00 M RROW Figure VII.1 NATURAL GRADE LINE (NGL) BUILDING HEIGHT LIMIT (BHL) FOR R-1 RESIDENCES (9.00 M) LINE OF OUTERMOST FACE OF BUILDING (OFB) LINE OF OUTERMOST FACE OF BUILDING (OLB) PROPERTY LINE FROM CENTERLINE 9.00 M LINE OF OUTERMOST FACE OF BUILDING (OFB) LINE OF OUTERMOST FACE OF BUILDING (OLB) PROPERTY LINE FROM CENTERLINE 9.00 M LINE OF OUTERMOST FACE OF BUILDING (OFB) LINE OF OUTERMOST FACE OF BUILDING (OLB) PROPERTY LINE FROM CENTERLINE 9.00 M ``` Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls ESTABLISHING THE OUTMOST FACES OF BUILDING (OFB) FOR A TYPICAL R-1 USE / OCCUPANCY THROUGH THE USE OF THE AMBF, THE BHL, THE AMVB AND THE ANGULAR PLANE ALONG THE RROW (14.00 M WIDE RROW) NOTE: EXAMPLE SHOWING NO BUILDING PROJECTION ALLOWED ALONG THE RROW WHICH HAS A DIFFERENT ANGLE (α) IS SPECIFIED (REFER TO TABLE VII.G.1. AND TO FIGURE VII.G.2.) C. BUILDINGS AND OTHER ACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN CEMETERIES AND MEMORIAL PARKS
a. Cemeteries and Memorial Parks shall be located in accordance with the approved land use plan of the city/municipality concerned. Prior clearance shall be obtained from the Department of Health, the National Water Resources Council, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources and the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board.
a. The cemetery shall be totally enclosed by a perimeter fence/wall of strong material, and all gates shall be provided with a strong door and lock. Perimeter wall shall not exceed 3.00 meters in height. b. Where a cemetery is enclosed by a solid reinforced concrete wall at least 2.00 meters high, it is allowed to construct tombs, vaults, mausoleums or other types of sepulchres for the dead up to the walls. Otherwise, a clearance of 5.00 meters shall be maintained between the perimeter fence and the nearest interment plot.
a. For ground interments, there shall be a minimum depth of excavation of 1.50 meters from ground level to base of excavation. However, if concrete vaults are used, the minimum depth of excavation from base of vault to ground level shall be 1.00 meter, depending on the depth of ground water table. b. Ground interments shall be allowed only in designated graveyard areas of the cemetery and may be provided with suitable markers, headstones or memorials. c. Vaults for tombs and mausoleums for aboveground interments shall be of solid reinforced concrete. Concrete hollow blocks or any unit masonry construction of ceramics, adobe or the like shall not be allowed for the construction of above-ground vaults; tombs or mausoleums. Mausoleums may be provided with ossuaries and/or cineraria along the interior walls. d. Multi-level interment niches shall only be of solid reinforced concrete construction, of not less than 150 millimeters thickness in which case they may be allowed to abut walls of the cemetery, provided, the walls are of solid reinforced concrete construction. Concrete hollow blocks, or any unit masonry construction of ceramics, adobe or the like shall not be allowed. e. Before construction is started on any mausoleum, canopy over a tomb, or multi-level niches, a building permit shall be secured therefore from the OBO. f. Horizontal divisions of columbaria shall be of reinforced concrete of at least 50 millimeters thickness. Vertical divisions may be of concrete hollow blocks of at least 100 millimeters thickness, in which case, cement mortar shall be applied evenly to present a non-porous surface. Minimum dimensions of individual cinerarium shall be 300 millimeters by 300 millimeters by 460 millimeters. Cinerary remains shall be placed inside tightly sealed urns.
a. A chapel with a floor area of at least 50.00 sq. meters shall be constructed at a convenient location within the cemetery where funeral ceremonies may be held, and incidentally serve as haven for funeral participants against sun and rain. Guidelines on Buildings and Other Accessory Structures Within Cemeteries and Memorial Parks b. Wake chaplets with a minimum area of 50.00 sq. meters for thirty (30) persons and at least 1.60 sq. meters for each additional person may be provided. c. Administrative Office - a 64.00 sq. meters lot shall be allocated for an administration building office for memorial parks with an area of above one (1) hectare. d. Electrical Power Supply - Distances of lampposts for street lighting shall be placed at a maximum of 100.00 meters or as prescribed by the power firm servicing the area. Utility poles shall be installed along sides of streets and pathways. e. Parking Area - Parking area equivalent to a minimum of five 5% of the gross area of memorial park/cemetery shall be provided over and above the required parking area/facility for any structures to be constructed within the premises of the memorial park/cemetery. f. Comfort Rooms - Adequate and clean comfort rooms with facilities for disabled persons shall be provided in properly located areas. NOTE: Refer also to the latest applicable HLURB Guidelines regarding Cemeteries and Memorial Parks. RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION
a. Public open spaces – streets, alleys, easements of sea/lakeshores, rivers, creeks, esteros, railroad tracks, parks/plazas, playgrounds, and the like. b. Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL) – courts, yards, gardens, light wells, uncovered driveways, access roads and parking spaces consisting of two (2) types: i. Paved or tiled (hardscaped areas); sub-classification of open space shall fall under Maximum Allowable Impervious Surface Areas (ISA) within the Total Lot Area (TLA); and The following is the extracted text from the image: --- ii. Unpaved areas within the lot that are with exposed soil and planted (softscaped), i.e., the Unpaved Surface Areas (USA); this sub-classification is the true open space.
Table VIII.1. Reference Table of Maximum Allowable PSO, Maximum Allowable ISA, the MACA, the Minimum USA and the TOSL by Type of Land Use Zoning per Lot | Building/Structure Use or Occupancy (or Land Use) | Duly-Approved Zoning b | % of Total Lot Area (TLA) | Maximum Allowable PSO c,d | Maximum Allowable ISA e (Paved Open Spaces) | Minimum USA (Unpaved Open Spaces) | TOSL d (ISA + USA) | |---------------------------------------------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|---------------------------|--------------------------------------------|----------------------------------|-------------------| | Residential | | | | | | | | Basic Residential 2 (R-2)/Medium Density Housing (single family dwelling unit with a Building Height Limit (BHL) of 10.00 meters) | 55 e | 30 | 15 | 45 | | Maximum R-2/Medium Density Housing (multiple family dwelling units within one building/structure with a BHL of 15.00 meters) | 60 e | 30 | 10 | 40 | | Basic Residential 3 (R-3)/High Density Housing (single family dwelling unit with a BHL of 10.00 meters) | 65 e | 20 | 15 | 35 | | Maximum R-3/High Density Housing (multiple family dwelling units within one building/structure with a BHL of 36.00 meters) | 70 e | 20 | 10 | 30 | | Residential 4 (R-4)/Individual Townhouse Units | 70 e | 20 | 10 | 30 | | Residential 5 (R-5)/Condominiums | 70 e | 20 | 10 | 30 | | | 80 f | 10 | 10 | 20 | | Commercial | | | | | | | | Commercial 1 (Com-1) | 70 e | 20 | 10 | 30 | | | 80 f | 10 | 10 | 20 | Building/ % of Total Lot Area (TLA) Structure Use or Occupancy (or Land Use) | Duly-Approved Zoning b | Maximum Allowable PSO c,d | Maximum Allowable ISA (Paved Open Spaces) | Minimum USA (Unpaved Open Spaces) | TOSL d (ISA + USA) ---|---|---|---|---|--- Commercial 2 (Com-2) | 75 e | 20 | 5 | 25 | 85 f | 10 | 5 | 15 Commercial 3 (Com-3) | 80 e | 15 | 5 | 20 | 90 f | 5 | 5 | 10 Industrial Industrial 1 (Ind-1) | 70 e | 20 | 10 | 30 | 80 f | 10 | 10 | 20 Industrial 2 (Ind-2) | 70 e | 15 | 15 | 30 | 80 f | 5 | 15 | 20 Industrial 3 (Ind-3) | 70 e | 15 | 15 | 30 | 80 f | 5 | 15 | 20 Institutional | - | 50 | 20 | 30 | 50 | - | 60 f | 20 | 20 | 40 Cultural | - | 60 | 20 | 20 | 40 | - | 70 f | 20 | 10 | 30 Utility/Transportation/Services | - | 50 | 40 | 10 | 50 | - | 60 f | 30 | 10 | 40 Sidewalks/Arcades at RROW | - | 22.22 (of total width of RROW as Paved portion of sidewalk) | 11.11 (of total width of RROW as Unpaved portion of sidewalk) | 33.33 (of total width of RROW) Parks and Open Recreational Spaces | - | 20 | 30 | 50 | 80 Planned Unit Development (PUD) PUD at a reclamation area close to an operating airport | 70 | 15 | 15 | 30 PUD at a reclamation area | 70 | 15 | 15 | 30 PUD at a coastal area | 70 | 15 | 15 | 30 PUD at an inland area close to an operating airport | 70 | 10 | 20 | 30 PUD at an inland area | 70 | 10 | 20 | 30 Cemetery | - | 85 | 10 | 5 | 15 Notes:
per duly-approved City/Municipal Comprehensive Land Use Plan (CLUP)
per duly-approved City/Municipal Zoning Ordinance (ZO) and its IRR
PSO + ISA = MACA (Maximum Allowable Construction Area)
PSO + TOSL = TLA (Total Lot Area)
without firewall
with firewall
a. Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL) are portions of the Total Lot Area (TLA) not occupied by the Maximum Allowable PSO. The TOSL may consist of either the Maximum Allowable ISA (hardscaped areas) or the USA (exposed and planted/softscaped soil) or may also be the combination of both types of open spaces. (Figure VIII.1.) b. Group A buildings or Residential 1 (R-1) uses/occupancies shall follow the minimum yard standards in Table VIII.2. to comply with the TOSL requirement. c. Abutments for Basic Uses/Occupancies forming part of new developments shall be basically similar to the restrictions prescribed for firewalls under Rule VII, to wit: i. Absolutely no abutments are allowed at any property line for any R-1 lot type/location. ii. Abutments shall be allowed on only one (1) side for any R-2 lot type/location. There shall be no firewalls/abutments on the front and rear property lines for any R-2 lot type/location. iii. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear property line/boundary for any R-3 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the front property line for any R-3 lot type/location. iv. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only for any R-4 lot type/location. There shall be no firewalls/abutments on the front and rear property line for any R-4 lot type/location. v. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear property line/boundary for any R-5 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the front property line for any R-5 lot type/location. vi. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear property line/boundary for any C-3 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the front property line for any C-3 lot type/location. d. Lot Type/Location Only seven (7) types of lots and their respective locations are described under this Rule. (Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8.) e. Variance When the lots as described in Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. are too narrow or too shallow such that the public open space, e.g., PROW, alley or the like on which they abut can adequately supply light and ventilation to every room therein subject to the requirements on window opening, the requirements on the minimum Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL) above may be waived (Figures VIII.9. through VIII.11.), provided however, that for lots abutting on only one (1) public open space, the depth of the open space to be provided shall not be more than 8.00 meters; and for those lots abutting two (2) or more public open spaces, the depth of the open space to be provided shall not be more than 12.00 meters. Total Lot Area (TLA) = W x D: 14.00 M x 21.50 M = 301.00 sq.m. Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF under Rule VII) = W x D x 50%: 10.00 M x 15.00 M = 150.00 sq.m. Maximum Allowable Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO): PSO = AMBF/TLA Maximum Allowable Impervious Surface Area (ISA): ISA = Y2 + Y3 + Y4 (30% +/- of TLA) Maximum Allowable Construction Area (MACA): MACA = PSO + ISA Minimum Unpaved Surface Area (USA): USA = Y1 (20% +/- of TLA) CHECK: Total Lot Area (TLA) = MACA + USA Open Space within Lot (OSL) = (Y1 + Y2 + Y3 + Y4): (50% +/- of TLA) PUBLIC RROW OR ACCESS STREET (ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY) Maximum Allowable PSO/ISA, MACA, Minimum USA, OSL and AMBF for a Residential 1 (R-1) Lot (Single-Detached Dwelling Unit) Figure VIII.1. INTERIOR LOT 50% open space for A, B, C, D & J Occupancies 20% open space for E, F, G, H & I Occupancies INSIDE LOT 20% open space for A, B, C, D & J Occupancies 15% open space for E, F, G, H & I Occupancies CORNER LOT 10% open space for A, B, C, D & J Occupancies 5% open space for E, F, G, H & I Occupancies THROUGH LOT 10% open space for A, B, C, D & J Occupancies 5% open space for E, F, G, H & I Occupancies CORNER-THROUGH LOT 5% open space for all Group Occupancies CORNER LOT ABUTTING 3 OR MORE STREETS, ALLEYS, RIVERS, ETC. 5% open space for all Group Occupancies END LOT 50% open space for A, B, C, D & J (Residential/Commercial/Industrial) Occupancies 50% open space for E, F, G, H & I (Educational/Institutional/Utility Occupancy) 20% open space for A, B, C, D & J (Residential/Commercial/Industrial) Occupancies 20% open space for E, F, G, H & I (Educational/Institutional/Utility Occupancy) Separate access way as needed LOT TYPES Figure VIII.9. STREET (PUBLIC ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY) LOT property line easement Figure VIII.10. STREET (PUBLIC ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY) LOT property line Figure VIII.11. STREET (PUBLIC ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY) LOT property line LOT TYPES
Table VIII.2. Minimum Setbacks for Residential Buildings/Structures | YARD (meters) | Type of Residential Use/ Occupancy | |---------------|------------------------------------| | | R-2 | R-3 | R-4 (individual lot/unit) (meters) | R-5**** (meters) | | | Basic (meters) | Maximum (meters) | Basic (meters) | Maximum (meters) | | | | Front | 4.50 | 3.00 8.00 * | 3.00 | 8.00 * | 4.50 | 6.00 | | Side | 2.00 | 2.00 ** | 2.00 | *** | 2.00 (optional) | 3.00 | | Rear | 2.00 | 2.00 | 2.00 | 2.00 | 2.00 | 3.00 | Notes:
The setback requirements in Table VIII.2 above are for newly-developed subdivisions.
* Total setback only at grade (or natural ground) level, i.e., 3.00 meters + 5.00 meters = 8.00 meters (to accommodate part of the minimum parking requirement outside the designated area for the front yard). The second and upper floors and mezzanine level shall thereafter comply with the minimum 3.00 meters setback unless otherwise provided under the Code.
** Setback required for only one (1) side. Setbacks on two sides shall be optional.
*** Abutments on two sides and rear property lines may be allowed with conditions as enumerated under Section 804, Subsection 10 of this Rule.
**** Mixed-Use Buildings/Structures in R-5 lots shall be considered a commercial use or occupancy if a substantial percentage, i.e., 55% of the Gross Floor Area (GFA) is commercial.
In cases where yards/setbacks are impossible to attain or where frontage and depth of lots are similar to that of Open Market or Medium Cost Housing Projects, abutments on the sides and rear property lines may be allowed and 1.50 meters front yard is left open as transition area. Table VIII.3. Setbacks for Commercial*, Industrial, Institutional and Recreational Buildings | Road Right-of-Way (RROW) Width (meters) | Front (meters) | Side (meters) | Rear (meters) | |-----------------------------------------|----------------|---------------|---------------| | 30.00 & above | 8.00 | 5.00 | 5.00 | | 25.00 to 29.00 | 6.00 | 3.00 | 3.00 | | 20.00 to 24.00 | 5.00 | 3.00 | 3.00 | | 10.00 to 19.00 | 5.00 | 2.00 | 2.00 | | Below 10.00 | 5.00 | 2.00 | 2.00 | Note: * Mixed-Use Buildings/Structures in R-5 lots may be considered a commercial development if a substantial percentage of the GFA is commercial. a - OPEN SPACE b - ALTERNATE LOCATIONS REQUIRED OPEN SPACE LOCATIONS
a. Open space as prescribed in Reference Table for Maximum PSO, TOSL, and Table VIII.2. of this Rule are satisfied. b. Window opening as prescribed in Section 808 of this Rule are satisfied. c. Firewall with a minimum of two-hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height clearance of 400 millimeters above the roof. (Figure VIII.21)
OPEN SPACES 3.00 m min. EACH DIMENSIONS OF SIDES ≥ 2.00 m. AND 1.50 m. MAY INTERCHANGE SEPARATION WALLS 2.00 m. HIGH MAXIMUM line of outermost face of building (OFB) STREET (PUBLIC ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY) Figure VIII.16. SECTION 3.00 1.50 1.50 750 millimeter min. yard yard FENCE PUBLIC STREET OR ROW property SIDEWALK ROADWAY SETBACK 1.50 m. MAXIMUM Figure VIII.17. Figure VIII.18. OPEN COURTYARD (not less than requirement of TABLE VIII.1) property line property line BLDG. STREET (PUBLIC ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY) no side less than 3.00 m. Figure VIII.19. OPEN COURT / YARD TOTAL INCREMENTAL SETBACK FOR 14-STOREY AND ABOVE COMMERCIAL BUILDING 3.60 m MINIMUM SETBACK (REAR OR SIDE) 2.00 m OUTERMOST FACE OF BUILDING (OFB) 0.30 M INCREMENTAL SETBACK PER STOREY ABOVE THE SECOND FLOOR LEVEL 0.30 m NOTE: FOR RECOMMENDED INCREMENTAL FRONT YARD SETBACK OF C-3 BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES ALONG A 14.00 m RROW, REFER TO FIG. VIII.6.13., GUIDELINES ON RROW SETBACK AT REAR OR SIDE COURTYARD 2.00 m REAR OR SIDE INCREMENTAL SETBACK AND OFB OF C-3 BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES Figure VIII.20. 이미지에 포함된 텍스트는 다음과 같습니다: --- ABUTMENTS (FIREWALLS) ON THE SIDE & REAR PROPERTY LINES Figure VIII.21 PROPERTY WALL WITH TWO (2) HOUR FIRE-RESISTIVE RATING REAR SECTIONAL ELEVATION BUILDING CROSS SECTIONAL ELEVATION PARTY WALL WITH TWO (2) HOUR FIRE-RESISTIVE RATING FRONT SECTIONAL ELEVATION 0.30 M MINIMUM UNDERSIDE 0.60 M 0.40 M 0.60 M --- 위 텍스트는 이미지에서 추출된 내용입니다.
a. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6.00 sq. meters with a least dimension of 2.00 meters; b. Kitchen – 3.00 sq. meters with a least dimension of 1.50 meters; and c. Bath and toilet – 1.20 sq. meters with a least dimension of 900 millimeters.
a. School Rooms – 3.00 cu. meters with 1.00 sq. meter of floor area per person; b. Workshop, Factories, and Offices – 12.00 cu. meters of air space per person; and c. Habitable Rooms – 14.00 cu. meters of air space per person.
a. Abuts a court, yard, public street or alley, or open watercourse and other public open spaces; b. Has a ceiling height of not less than 2.70 meters; c. Has one of the longer sides at least 65% open and unobstructed.
a. They can be opened from the inside without the use of any tools; b. The minimum clear opening shall have a width not less than 820 millimeters and a height of 1 meter; c. The bottom of the opening should not be more than 820 millimeters from the floor; d. Where storm shutters, screens or iron grilles are used, these shall be provided with quick opening mechanism so that they can be readily opened from the inside for emergency egress and shall be so designed that when opened they will not drop to the ground; e. All areas immediately outside a fire exit window/grille must be free of obstacles and must lead to a direct access down into the ground or street level.
Table VIII.4. Minimum Requirements for Air Changes | Cubic Meter Per Minute Per Person | Air Changes Per Hour | Ceiling Height (meters) | |-----------------------------------|----------------------|-------------------------| | | Min. Max. | 2.40 3.00 3.70 4.90 6.10 | | Apartment | 0.29 0.43 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Banking Space | 0.22 0.29 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Barber Shop | 0.22 0.29 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Beauty Parlor | 0.22 0.29 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Broker's Board Room | 0.57 0.85 8 | 6 4-½ 3 2-½ | | Cafeteria | 0.43 0.57 6 | 4-½ 3 2-½ 1-¾ | | Cocktail Bar | 0.57 0.85 8 | 6 4-½ 3 2-¼ | | Churches | 0.14 0.22 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Department Stores | 0.22 0.43 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Director's Room | 0.85 0.14 8 | 6 4-½ 3 2-¼ | | Drugstore (no counter) | 0.22 0.29 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Drugstore (w/counter) | 0.29 0.43 5 | 3-¾ 3 2 1-½ | | Funeral Parlor | 0.14 0.22 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Gambling Rooms | 0.57 0.85 6 | 6 4-½ 3 2-¼ | | Hospital Room | 0.29 0.43 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Hotel Room | 0.29 0.43 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Laboratories | 0.43 0.57 6 | 4-½ 3-½ 2-½ 1-¾ | | Office | 0.29 0.43 4 | 3 2-½ 1-½ 1 | | Restaurant Kitchen | 0.34 0.43 5 | 3-¾ 3 2 1-½ | | Shop, Retail | 0.22 0.29 3 | 2 1-½ 1 ¾ | | Theaters | 0.14 0.22 - | - - - |
EXCEPTION:
a. In case of variances When the property is unique and different from other properties and because of its uniqueness such the owner cannot comply with the open space requirements, variances shall be applied to relax the application of the following provisions: i. setback; ii. ventilation and window opening requirements; iii. percentage of site occupancy; iv. floor area ratio; and v. building height limit (BHL). At least two (2) conditions must be satisfied for exception to be granted. b. In case of exceptions i. The exception must not adversely affect public health, safety and welfare and must be in keeping with the general pattern of development in the community. ii. The exception must not alter the essential character of the district where the exception sought is located, and will be in harmony with the general purpose of this IRR. GUIDELINES ON EASEMENTS, VIEW CORRIDORS/SIGHT LINES, STREETS/ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW), SIDEWALKS, ARCADES, BASEMENTS, LOTS, AND PUBLIC BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES A. EASEMENTS
a. Residential and like uses whether temporary or permanent; b. Long-term or overnight vehicle parking, i.e., unless duly designated as day and/or night pay-parking zones; c. As a depository of stalled, wrecked or abandoned vehicles, mechanical devices and the like; d. The conduct of specific commercial, institutional and/or industrial activities not compatible with its stated character; e. Unauthorized recreational or entertainment usage and the like which will only benefit certain entities and which will ultimately result in inconvenience/nuisance/safety problems to the general public; nor f. Any other form of private use, gain, enjoyment or profit at the expense of the motoring or walking public.
a. If wider than 9.00 meters, the easement may include a roadway/carriageway component on which vehicles can pass or on which the same may temporarily park, e.g., an esplanade and the like. (Fig. VIII.G.1.) b. Pedestrian access-ways and the like and to be located at/above/below the easement may also be developed for public use, e.g., a promenade and the like. (Fig. VIII.G.2.) Table VIII.G.1. Easement* Along Water Bodies/Way by Location | Location of Water Body/Way | Easement | |----------------------------|----------| | Urban Areas | 3.00 meters per side of waterway (Fig.VIII.G.3.) | | Agricultural Areas | 20.00 meters per side of waterway | | Forest Areas | 40.00 meters per side of waterway | * Source: Water Code of the Philippines c. The allowed structures/developments include: i. Hardscaped (paved) pedestrian access-ways such as walks, footpaths or arcades (covered or roofed sidewalks without any habitable structures above or below it); temporary or movable hardscape elements such as gazebos, sheds, fountains and like structures with large footprints must not encroach on the easement; ii. Softscaped (paved) developments such as park strips, linear parks and the like as well as small tree farms are encouraged for recreational, livelihood and soil stabilization/protection purposes; WATERLINE (SURFACE) 3.00 m WIDE PROMENADE AND PLANT STRIPS 5.00 m CARRIAGEWAY (Expandable) 1.00 m SIDEWALK ESPLANADE DEVELOPMENT FOR EASEMENTS OF AT LEAST 9.00 M WIDE Figure VIII.G.1. Guidelines on Easements . . . . 1.90 m PROMENADE 3.00 m EASEMENT PROMENADE DEVELOPMENT WITHIN A MINIMUM EASEMENT FOR URBAN AREAS Figure VIII.G.2. ± 3.00 m EASEMENT (MINIMUM) LEGALLY USABLE PORTION OF PUBLIC/PRIVATE PROPERTIES NOTE: ALWAYS CONSULT DPWH FOR OFFICIAL EASEMENT LOCATION/WIDTH WATERLINE SURFACE MINIMUM EASEMENT AT URBAN AREAS Figure VIII.G.3. iii. Concrete steps leading down to the water or wooden boardwalks are allowed, provided that all necessary safety precautions are taken, e.g., non-slip finishing for surfaces, handrails and railings; iv. Other forms of soil stabilization/protection including anti-erosion/scouring measures/structures within the easement are allowed, e.g., rip-rapping, embankment protection, etc., provided that no enclosed/semi-enclosed habitable structures are built on, above or below such structures; and v. Permanent utility/service lines (power, water, telecommunications, gas, etc.) are allowed within the easement provided that these are either below grade (underground) or above grade (overhead).
a. No portion of the easement whether at grade (on the ground), below grade or above grade may be leased or developed by the government or by private entities for purposes inconsistent with its character and intended function. In particular, any form of semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed residential, commercial, industrial, institutional or government structure/use and like, structures/uses at any portion of the public easement is prohibited; b. All semi-enclosed or enclosed, semi-permanent or permanent habitable building projections (particularly arcade structures) or any other building projection or structural element (eaves, roof, cantilevered beams, foundations and the like) located above or below the easement are absolutely prohibited; and f. All forms of enclosures such as fences, perimeter walls and the like, intended to limit the use of the easement for private enjoyment/benefit or to restrict full access to the public easement are absolutely prohibited unless the same are erected for reason of public safety. B. VIEW CORRIDORS AND/OR SIGHT LINES
a. The carriageway/roadway portion of the RROW shall be free of structures, particularly commercial signs that will impede the view corridor and sight lines within the PROW. (See Fig. VIII.G.4) b. To dignify very important public or historical/culture buildings/structures, all forms of commercial signs intruding into PROW leading to or away from such buildings/structures shall not be allowed. Specifically disallowed from such PROW are commercial signs supported from any building projection (such as arcades). c. View corridors or sight lines from buildings/structures on a higher or lower lot shall not be entirely blocked by the intervening property to allow some sight lines to exist. d. In case of allowed structures within the PROW for transportation, e.g., elevated ramps, flyovers, tracks, stations, terminals and the like, the appropriate designs shall be adopted to maximize light, ventilation and view. C. STREETS/ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (PROW)
Guidelines on Streets/RROW, View Corridors/Sight Lines IMPORTANT VIEW/ VISTA SIGNIFICANT SITE/ NATURAL STRUCTURE FORMATION AND THE LIKE RROW property line front yard line of building structure opposite yard setback Road Right-of-Way (RROW) CLEAR/UNOBSTRUCTED SIGHT LINE RROW property line front yard line of building structure CLEAR SIGHT LINE UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW CORRIDORS / SIGHT LINES Figure VIII.G.4. a. Allowed or Encouraged Structures/Developments Within the RROW i. The RROW at all its physical levels may only be used for the following types of structures/uses or others similar to them, to wit:
Transportation structures and like uses whether temporary or permanent, e.g., mass transit alignments (particularly light and heavy rail) at grade, mass transit stations and terminal facilities above grade (RROW air rights utilization) or below grade and the like; these also include waiting sheds, traffic outposts and the like;
Limited commercial structures/uses above grade (RROW air rights utilization) or below grade provided that these are ancillary or supplementary/complementary to the transportation structures/uses allowed in the previous paragraph, and the like; commercial signages on the exterior of the commercial structure are disallowed and prohibited;
Improvements on the RROW and on all its components/elements found at all its physical levels, e.g., sidewalks, arcades, roadway/carriageway, medians, planting strips, street furniture, elevated or underground crossings or access-ways, non-commercial traffic and directional signages and the like; and
Public utility/service structures/uses (power, water, drainage, sewerage, telecommunications, gas, etc.) at all physical levels of the RROW provided that these do not restrict nor impede the movement of people and vehicles and provided further that the rights to utilize the RROW are properly secured and permitted. b. Disallowed and Prohibited Structures/Developments at RROW i. If situated outside of private property limits, the RROW is public land, i.e., public domain, which should be equally enjoyed by all members of the community. The RROW is not to be used for the following types of buildings/structures/occupancies or others similar to them:
Any form of semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed commercial structure/use and like structures/uses;
Any form of temporary, semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed residential structure/use and like structures/uses;
Government structures/use unless the same are located below or above grade; in such cases, the proposed structure must be properly planned/designed and constructed;
Long-term or overnight vehicle parking, i.e., unless duly designated as day and/or night pay-parking zones;
As a depository of stalled, wrecked or abandoned vehicles, mechanical devices and the like;
The conduct of other commercial/business/industrial activities incompatible with the character of the RROW;
Unauthorized recreational or entertainment usage and the like which will only benefit certain entities and which will ultimately result in inconvenience/nuisance/safety problems to the general public; nor Guidelines on Street/PROWs . . .
Any other form of private use, gain, enjoyment or profit at the expense of the motoring or walking public. Table VIII.G.2. Suggested Median and Lane Widths Within Alleys/Roadways/Carriageways by Minimum PROW Width and by Suggested Vehicle Speeds | Range of Total Alley or PROW Width (meters) | Suggested Minimum Required Width of Alley or Roadway/Carriageway (meters) | Range of Suggested Minimum to Maximum Vehicle Speeds Along Alley or Roadway (kilometers/hour) | Suggested Minimum to Maximum Median Widths (meters) | Suggested Minimum to Maximum Lane Widths (meters) | |--------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------|-----------------------------------| | 3.00 to 6.00 | 2.00 (for 3.00 meters Alley ROW) | 1.00 to 15.00 | None | 2.00 one way car passage | | | 4.00 (for 6.00 meters PROW) | | None | 2.10 each way | | 6.10 to 20.00 | 4.81 (for 6.01 meters PROW) | 16.00 to 30.00 | None | 2.40 each way | | | 13.40 (for 20.00 meters PROW) | | 1.20 to 2.00 | 2.80 to 3.00 | | 20.10 to 40.00 | 13.50 (for 20.10 meters PROW) | 31.00 to 60.00 | 1.20 to 4.50 | 3.00 to 3.30 | | | 26.80 (for 40.00 meters PROW) | | 1.20 to 4.80 | 3.30 to 3.50 | | 40.10 to 60.00 and above | 26.90 (for 40.10 meters PROW) | 61.00 and above | 1.50 to 5.00 | 3.50 to 3.80 | | | 40.00 (for 60.00 meters PROW) | | 1.50 to 5.50 | 3.80 to 4.00 | d. Minimum Access Requirements i. RROW/access streets or alleys shall have the following widths:
Interior or rear lots shall have a RROW/access street with a minimum width depending upon the number of buildings or units which it serves provided, however, that said RROW/access street shall not be less than 3.00 meters in width and provided further that such RROW shall be provided with a minimum 4.00 meters wide chaflan at its intersect with the main RROW and provided, finally, that such RROW shall not be used for any form of parking.
Multiple living units on same lot on which apartments, rowhouses or accessories or a group of single-detached buildings are built be provided with a RROW/access street directly connecting said buildings or units to a public street/road or alley following the schedule as shown in Table VIII.G.3.
For commercial or industrial areas, sufficient lane widths, shoulders and maneuvering spaces for long-bodied/articulated vehicles should be considered within the RROW.
Privately-owned RROW/access streets shall be duly registered and annotated in the lot title as such for as long as the apartments, rowhouses, etc., using said RROW/access streets, still exist. Guidelines on Streets/RROWs, Sidewalks, Arcades
Alignment of RROW/access streets shall be integrated into the existing street/road network, particularly with the provision of chaflans of the appropriate width.
No obstruction should exist within the RROW/access streets servicing multiple housing of more than 75 units.
All kinds of subdivisions and residential condominiums may generally refer to this Guideline concerning access streets/roadways. (Figs. VIII.G.5. through VIII.G.10.) Table VIII.G.3. Minimum Road Right-of-Way (RROW) Provisions for Developments with Multiple Dwelling Units | Number of Dwelling Units | Minimum Width of Carriageway/Roadway (meters) | Minimum Width of Sidewalk on each side (meters) | Minimum Total Width of the RROW (meters) | |--------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------| | Up to six (6) units | 3.00 | 0.60 | 4.20 | | Seven (7) up to fifteen (15) units | 4.00 | 1.00 | 6.00 | | Sixteen (16) up to Twenty-five (25) units | 5.00 | 1.00 | 7.00 | | Twenty-six (26) up to Thirty-five (35) units | 6.00 | 1.00 | 8.00 | | More than thirty-five (35) units | 6.70 | 1.00 | 8.70 | d. The RROW consists of three (3) different physical levels as follows: i. **RROW ABOVE GRADE** - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the finished surface of the roadway/carriageway and/or the sidewalk/arcade all the way up to the air. If this level of the RROW is utilized for whatever purpose, the Air Rights or the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of the RROW above grade is given up by the government/general public and should therefore be compensated, i.e., leased and paid for by the proponent/end-user/beneficiary of the proposed building/structure (Figs. VIII.G.11 and VIII.G.12.). The minimum clear height for the utilization of air rights above RROW shall be 4.27 meters from the finished crown elevation of the roadway/carriageway. ii. **RROW AT GRADE** - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the natural grade line up to the finished surface of the roadway/carriageway and/or the sidewalk/arcade. This portion of the RROW is generally utilized for the movement of the general public (motorists and pedestrians). If this level of the RROW is utilized for whatever purpose, the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of the RROW at grade is given up by the government/general public and should therefore be compensated, i.e., leased and paid for by the development proponent/end-user/beneficiary. (Figs. VIII.G.11 and VIII.G.12.) iii. **RROW BELOW GRADE** - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the finished surface of the roadway and/or the sidewalk all the way down into the ground. If this level of the RROW is utilized for whatever purpose, the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of the RROW below grade is given up by the government/general public and should therefore be compensated, i.e., leased and paid for by the development proponent/end-user/beneficiary. (Figs. VIII.G.11 and VIII.G.12.) Guidelines on Streets/RROW, Sidewalks . . . . Figure VIII.G.5. INDEPENDENT LIVING UNITS WITH INDIVIDUAL ENTRANCES NOTE: WHEN NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT LIVING UNITS WITH INDIVIDUAL ENTRANCES IS INCREASED AS IN MULTI- STOREY APARTMENTS, THE WIDTH OF THE ACCESS ROAD SHALL BE INCREASED CORRESPONDINGLY AS PER TABLE VIII.G.3. PARKING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED EXCLUSIVE OF ACCESS ROAD REQUIREMENT. 3.00 M WIDE MINIMUM ACCESS ROAD FOR SIX (6) UNITS PROPERTY (LOT) LINE REAR OPEN SPACE (YARD) PROPERTY (LOT) LINE PROPERTY (LOT) LINE STREET (PUBLIC ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY / RROW) SIDEWALK Figure VIII.G.6. INDEPENDENT LIVING UNITS WITH INDIVIDUAL ENTRANCES 3.00 M WIDE MINIMUM ACCESS ROAD FOR SIX (6) UNITS PROPERTY (LOT) LINE PROPERTY (LOT) LINE STREET (PUBLIC ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY / RROW) SIDEWALK REAR YARDS Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . CUL-DE-SAC Figure VIII.G.7. STREET / RROW PUBLIC ACCESS SIDEWALK VARIES 3.00 M MINIMUM ACCESS ROAD MAXIMUM RUN (50.00 M) R = 9.15 M Ø = 18.30 M TURN COURT Figure VIII.G.8. STREET / RROW PUBLIC ACCESS SIDEWALK VARIES 3.00 M MINIMUM ACCESS ROAD MAXIMUM RUN (50.00 M) 12.20 M 9.15 M TURN COURT Figure VIII.G.9. STREET / RROW PUBLIC ACCESS SIDEWALK VARIES 3.00 M MINIMUM ACCESS ROAD MAXIMUM RUN (50.00 M) 18.30 M 9.15 M Figure VIII.G.10. NOTE: WHERE LENGTH OF RUN IS 200.00 M, A CUL-DE-SAC OR TURN COURT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MAXIMUM RUN. ALL PRIVATE ROADS OR ACCESS TO INTERIOR LOTS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO STREET OR PUBLIC SPACE OR YARD AND SUCH SHALL CONFORM TO SUCH PROVISIONS AS TO YARDS AND... 이미지에 포함된 텍스트는 주로 도면과 관련된 설명 및 라벨로 구성되어 있습니다. 아래는 이미지에서 추출된 텍스트입니다: --- ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW) AT 30.00 M STATE HIGHWAY/MAJOR THOROUGHFARE (76 RROW) PRESCRIBED SETBACK FRONT YARD MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF FENCE: 1.20 M WALL (MAX. 1.20 M) OUTER SIDEWALK (2.00 M) PLANTING STRIP (1.20 M) INNER SIDEWALK (2.00 M) CURB AND GUTTER (0.30 M) PAVEMENT BASE COURSE LANE WIDTH (3.00 M) DEPENDING ON THE ROAD DESIGN AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AS PER DPWH STANDARDS CENTER ISLAND (2.00 M) LANE WIDTH (3.00 M) DEPENDING ON THE ROAD DESIGN AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AS PER DPWH STANDARDS PAVEMENT BASE COURSE CURB AND GUTTER (0.30 M) INNER SIDEWALK (2.00 M) PLANTING STRIP (1.20 M) OUTER SIDEWALK (2.00 M) WALL (MAX. 1.20 M) PRESCRIBED SETBACK FRONT YARD MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF FENCE: 1.20 M --- 위 텍스트는 이미지에서 추출된 내용으로, 도로의 구조와 구성 요소를 설명하고 있습니다. ``` LEVELS OF THE ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW) (AT A RROW OF 15.00 M ONLY) Figure VIII.G.1-2. NOTE: ARCADE SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENT OF UTILIZATION OF AIR RIGHTS ABOVE RROW. GRADE ABOVE GRADE BELOW GRADE BUILDING BUILDING LINE FRONT YARD PRESCRIBED SETBACK ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW) = 15.00 M ROADWAY/CARRIAGEWAY (MIN. WIDTH = 7.00 M) CENTER LINE FLOW FLOW SIDEWALK OR PEDESTRIAN LANE (MIN. WIDTH = 1.20 M) SIDEWALK OR PEDESTRIAN LANE (MIN. WIDTH = 1.20 M) ARCADE STRUCTURE ROW AT GRADE LEVEL ROW ABOVE GRADE LEVEL ROW BELOW GRADE LEVEL UTILITIES ROW BELOW GRADE (WITH UTILITIES, MAIN DRAINS) ROW ABOVE GRADE (WITH AIR RIGHTS) CLEARANCE (4.27 M MIN.) ``` Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . . ANGLE FROM RROW CENTERLINE THAT DETERMINE THE INCREMENTAL SETBACK AND OFB OF C-3 BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES ALONG A 14.00 m RROW NOTE: SEE FIGURE VIII.20, RULE VIII FOR RELATED REAR AND SIDE INCREMENTAL SETBACK AND OFB OF C-3 BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES. Figure VIII.G.13. Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades... D. SIDEWALKS
a. Volume of pedestrians (end-users, visitors and the like) who will use the sidewalk on a regular basis; b. Type, intensity or level of operation and size/expanse of the allowed uses/occupancies along the RROW; c. The types and volume of street furniture, e.g., street lighting and traffic signs/signal supports, pedestrian barriers/aids, etc., and other urban design elements that will be allowed as permanent developments design elements that will be allowed as permanent developments within the width of the sidewalk; d. The width of the planting strips; e. The spatial needs for servicing utility/service lines underneath the sidewalk and for utility/service poles; f. Compliance with accessibility requirements as stipulated under Batas Pambansa Blg. 344 (Accessibility Law); g. Provisions for commuters, e.g., waiting sheds, loading/unloading areas and the like; h. Provisions for vehicle crossings/driveways between the roadway/carriageway and the front yards of lots or buildings/structures or provisions for loading/unloading platforms if allowed; i. Need for introduction of allowed uses/elements within the sidewalk area only if there is sufficient sidewalk width, e.g., bicycle lanes, jogging lanes and the like; and j. Climate, light, ventilation, safety, security and overall maintenance of the sidewalk and all its surface areas.
Table VIII.G.4. Range of Required Sidewalk and Planting Strip Widths (total at both sides of RROW) by RROW Width | Road Right-Of-Way (RROW) Width | Range of Required Sidewalk Widths (Total at both sides of RROW) | |--------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------| | 30.00 meters & above | From 1/6 up to 1/4 of RROW Width | | 25.00 - 29.00 meters | From 1/6 up to 1/3 of RROW Width | | 20.00 - 24.00 meters | From 1/6 up to 1/3 of RROW Width | | 10.00 - 19.00 meters | From 1/4 up to 1/3 of RROW Width | | Below 10.00 meters | From 1/4 up to 1/3 of RROW Width |
Table VIII.G.5. Minimum Planting Strip Widths by RROW Width | Road Right-Of-Way (RROW) Width | Total Minimum Widths of Planting Strip within RROW* (width per sides of RROW) (meters) | |--------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 30.00 meters & above | 1.20 (0.60) | | 25.00 - 29.00 meters | 0.60 (0.30) | | 20.00 - 24.00 meters | 0.60 (0.30) | | 10.00 - 19.00 meters | 0.40 (0.20) | | Below 10.00 meters | Optional | Note: * Minimum width of planting strip (for grass and shrubs) is 200 millimeters for each side of the RROW. The minimum width of planting strip (for trees) is 300 millimeters for each side of the RROW.
a. Sidewalks shall, as much as possible, be level and of uniform grade throughout the entire length of the street. b. Whenever the slope of the street does not exceed 1/12 the sidewalk grade shall follow the level or slope of the street. (Fig. VIII.G.17.) c. Whenever the slope of the street is 1/10, the sidewalk shall be maintained level for every 20.00 to 40.00 meters of run (Fig. VIII.G.18.). Sidewalks of different levels shall be joined by means of a ramp having any convenient slope not exceeding 1/6. (Fig. VIII.G.18.) d. When the grade of two (2) connecting sidewalks are between 1/10 and 1/8, the two sidewalks shall be joined by means of a ramp having any convenient slope not exceeding 1/10. Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . . NOTE: ARCADE STRUCTURE SUBJECT TO PAYMENT OF LEASE FOR UTILIZATION OF AIR RIGHTS ABOVE PUBLIC ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW) OUTERMOST PROJECTION OF ARCADE CANTILEVERED ARCADE STRUCTURE NOTE: ARCADES ALLOWED ONLY AT DULY DESIGNATED RROW PUBLIC STREET OR ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW) ROAD OR CARRIAGEWAY OPEN OR NON-ARCADED SIDEWALK CURB CURB LINE SLOPE DOWN AT 1:50 ARCADED SIDEWALK BUILDING ROOF PROPERTY LINE OR WALL LINE W₁ + Wᵣ = 1/3 OF ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY (MAXIMUM) ROADWAY = 2/3 OF ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY (MAXIMUM) Figure VIII.G.14. PUBLIC RROW OR STREET SIDEWALK 2.00 OR MORE 0.80 PLANTING STRIP 1.20 SIDEWALK PAVEMENT STREET CURB LINE BUILDING PROPERTY LINE Figure VIII.G.15. SIDEWALKS & PLANTING STRIPS Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . . Figure VIII.G.16. SIDEWALKS & PLANTING STRIPS Note: Arcade structure subject to payment of lease for utilization of air rights above public road right-of-way (RROW). Outermost face of the building. Public RROW or street. Sidewalk. Open planting strip. Arcade. Street. Note: Arcades and possible arcade structures are allowed only in duly designated RROW in accordance with applicable local laws & ordinances. Figure VIII.G.17. Building (A). Building (B). Arcade height not lower than 3.00 meters. Constant arcade elevation/roller. Inclined grade of street to max 10%. Upper sidewalk pavement. Upper street pavement. Ground floor level of building. Sidewalk grade following street grade. Lower street pavement. Lower sidewalk pavement. Figure VIII.G.18. GRADE OF SIDEWALKS Building (A). Building (B). Building (C). Level sidewalk. Ramp (10% maximum). Inclined grade of street with a slope of 10% or less. Level sidewalk.
a. Driveways Across Sidewalks i. To maximize the use of the sidewalk area, the surface of the sidewalk and the driveway shall as much as possible, be at the same plane. The entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to the sidewalk surface shall have a slope ranging from 1/3 to 1/4. (Figs. VIII.G.19. and VIII.G.20.) ii. Whenever the height of the curb is more than 200 millimeters, driveways may be constructed across the entire width of the sidewalk, provided that the driveway shall be joined to the sidewalk by means of a ramp of rough finish have a slope of not more than 1/8. The driveway and the ramp shall be made of the same materials as that of the sidewalk. (Figs. VIII.G.19., VIII.G.20., and VIII.G.21.) iii. Entrances and exits of buildings abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or steps. iv. Entrance and exits ramps shall have a slope not exceeding 1/10. (Fig. VIII.G.22.) v. Entrance or exit steps shall have treads of not less than 300 millimeters. The minimum number of steps shall be two (2) with risers not exceeding 100 millimeters. vi. No portion of either entrance or exit ramps or steps shall intrude into the sidewalk pavement.
a. Under no circumstances shall obstruction of any kind be allowed on sidewalks, whether open or arcaded. This specifically refers to all forms of commercial signs and commercial structures that impede sight lines or pedestrian traffic along the sidewalk. b. Planted areas forming part of the sidewalk or arcade shall not be fenced in to allow passage of pedestrians and disabled in transit.
a. Mountable curbs shall only be allowed if the sidewalk width on each side of the RROW is at a minimum of 5.00 meters wide. b. For greater protection of pedestrians and the disabled, raised curbs are encouraged for use along sidewalks that are less than 5.00 meters in width. Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . . . FRONT ELEVATION OF DRIVEWAY Figure VIII.G.19. SIDE ELEVATION OF DRIVEWAY Figure VIII.G.20. CROSS SECTION OF DRIVEWAY Figure VIII.G.21. NOTE: ARCADE STRUCTURE SUBJECT TO PAYMENT OF LEASE FOR UTILIZATION OF AIR RIGHTS ABOVE PUBLIC ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (ROW) OUTERMOST FACE OF THE BUILDING. NOTE: ARCADES AND POSSIBLE ARCADE STRUCTURES ALLOWED ONLY ON DULY DESIGNATED ROW PER LOCAL LAWS. Figure VIII.G.22. DRIVEWAYS ACROSS SIDEWALKS Guidelines on Lots... E. TOTAL OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS ON LOTS BY USE/OCCUPANCY, TYPE/LOCATION AND SUGGESTED MINIMUM LOT SIZES, LOT DIMENSIONS & TYPES BY USE/OCCUPANCY Table VIII.G.6. Minimum TOSL Requirements by Lot Type/Location Note: Higher Percentages (%) may apply for lots with Minimum Total Lot Area (TLA). | LOT TYPE/LOCATION* | MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** (for Proposed Developments without Firewalls or Abutments) | MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** (for Proposed Developments with Permitted Firewalls or Allowed Abutments) | |---------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | | A & B (Residential or Institutional) and C, D, E-2 and H (Institutional) | H-1, H-2, H-4 and I (Cultural) and E-1 and E-3 (Transportation/Utility) | All Other Uses/Occupancy | A & B (Residential or Institutional) and C, D, E-2 and H (Institutional) | H-1, H-2, H-4 and I (Cultural) and E-1 and E-3 (Transportation/Utility) | All Other Uses/Occupancy | | Interior or Rear Lot (Lot located in the interior of a block made accessible from a public street by means of a private access road); see Figure VIII.2. | 40% (for R-1 use or occupancy only), 30% (for R-2 use or occupancy only), and 30% (for other residential uses or occupancy); and 50% (for all classes of institutional uses or occupancy) | 40% (for all classes of cultural use or occupancy) | 20% (for all classes of transportation/utility use or occupancy) | * | 25%** (for R-2), 20%*** (for other residential) | 30% # (for all cultural), 40% ## (for all transportation/utility services), 40%**** (for all institutional) | 15% | Notes: * with absolutely no firewalls/abutments allowed for R-1 use. ** with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front and rear property lines for R-2 use. *** with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only or on one (1) side property line and the rear property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front property lines for R-3 and R-5 uses; and with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only and absolutely no firewall/abutment at the front and rear property lines for R-4 use. **** with firewalls/abutments for all classes of institutional uses. # with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side for all classes of cultural uses. ## with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and rear boundary for all classes of transportation/utility uses. - Refer to Rule VIII - Figures VIII.2 through VIII.8 for lot type/location. - Refer to Rule VII for occupancy grouping. Guidelines on Lots... Continuation of Table VIII.G.6... LOT TYPE/ LOCATION* MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** (for Proposed Developments without Firewalls or Abutments) A & B (Residential or Institutional) & C, D, E-2 and H (Institutional) H-1, H-2, H-4 and I (Cultural) and E-1 and E-3 (Transportation/Utility/Services) All Other Uses/Occupancy Inside Lot otherwise referred to as a Regular Lot (Non-corner or single frontage lot); see Figure VIII.3. 50% (for R-1 use or occupancy only) and 40% (for R-2 use or occupancy only) and 30% (for other residential uses or occupancy); and 50% (for all classes of institutional uses or occupancy) 40% (for all classes of cultural use or occupancy) and 50% (for all classes of transportation/utility use or occupancy) 25% MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** (for Proposed Developments with Permitted Firewalls or Allowed Abutments) A & B (Residential or Institutional) & C, D, E-2 and H (Institutional) H-1, H-2, H-4 and I (Cultural) and E-1 and E-3 (Transportation/Utility/Services) All Other Uses/Occupancy * 30%# (for R-2) 20%*** (for other residential) 40%**** (for all institutional) 30%# (for all cultural) 15% Corner Lot or Through Lot: see Figures VIII.4 and VIII.5. *Note: For corner lots, the largest setback requirement shall apply to the two (2) sides serviced by the RROW. 30% (for R-1 and other residential uses or occupancy); and 40% (for all classes of institutional uses or occupancy) 35% (for all classes of cultural use or occupancy) and 40% (for all classes of transportation/utility use or occupancy) 20% * 25%# (for R-2) 20%*** (for other residential) 30%*** (for all institutional) 30%## (for all transportation/utility/services) 10% Notes: * with absolutely no firewalls/abutments allowed for R-1 use. ** with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front and rear property lines for R-2 use. *** with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only or on one (1) side property line and the rear property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front property lines for R-3 and R-5 uses; and with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only and absolutely no firewalls/abutment at the front and rear property lines for R-4 use. **** with firewalls/abutments for all classes of institutional uses. # with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side for all classes of cultural uses. ## with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and rear boundary for all classes of transportation/utility uses. Refer to Rule VIII - Figures VIII.2 through VIII.8. for lot type/location. ++ Refer to Rule VIII for occupancy grouping. Guidelines on Lots... Continuation of Table VIII.G.6... | LOT TYPE/LOCATION* | MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** (for Proposed Developments without Firewalls or Abutments) | MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** (for Proposed Developments with Permitted Firewalls or Allowed Abutments) | |--------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | | A & B (Residential or Institutional) & C, D, E-2 and H (Institutional) | H-1, H-2, H-4 and I (Cultural) and E-1 and E-3 (Transportation/Utility/Service) | All Other Uses/Occupancy | A & B (Residential or Institutional) & C, D, E-2 and H (Institutional) | H-1, H-2, H-4 and I (Cultural) and E-1 and E-3 (Transportation/Utility/Service) | All Other Uses/Occupancy | | End Lots bounded on two (2) or more sides by the property line of the subdivision or by public open spaces such as easements of lake/sea-shores, rivers, esteros, etc. and accessible only through one (1) side of the lot; see Figure VIII.8. | 40% (for R-1 use or occupancy only), 30% (for R-2 use or occupancy only), 30% (for other residential uses or occupancy), and 50% (for all classes of institutional uses or occupancy) | 40% (for all classes of cultural use or occupancy), and 50% (for all classes of transportation/utility use or occupancy) | 20% | * | 25%** (for R-2), 20%*** (for other residential), 30%**** (for all institutional) | 30%## (for all cultural), 40%### (for all transportation/utility/services) | 15% | | Corner-Through Lots or Corner Lots abutting three (3) or more public open spaces such as streets, alleys, easements of lake/sea-shores, rivers, esteros, etc.; see Figures VIII.6 and VIII.7. **Note: For corner lots, the largest setback requirement shall apply to the two (2) sides serviced by the ARROW. | 30% (for R-1 and all other residential and commercial uses or occupancy), and 40% (for all classes of institutional uses or occupancy) | 35% (for all classes of cultural use or occupancy), and 40% (for all classes of transportation/utility use or occupancy) | 10% | * | 25%** (for R-2), 20%*** (for other residential and commercial), 30%**** (for all institutional) | 30%# (for all cultural), 30%## (for all transportation/utility/services) | 5% | Note: See preceding page for typical Notes/Legends Guidelines on Lots. . . . Table VIII.G.7. Suggested Minimum Lot Sizes, Lot Dimensions and Types by Use or Occupancy | Use or Occupancy (preferably based on Duly-Approved Local Zoning Ordinance) | Lot Location/Type | |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | | Interior (or Rear) Lot (See Rule VIII-Figure VIII.2) | Inside (or Regular) Lot (See Rule VIII-Figure VIII.3) | Corner Lot or Through Lot (See Rule VIII-Figures VIII.4 & VIII.5) | End Lot (See Rule VIII-Figure VIII.8) | Corner-Through Lot or Corner Lot Abutting 3 or More Streets, etc. (See Rule VIII-Figs. VIII.6 & VIII.7) | | Residential 1 (R-1) | 301.00 sq. meters 21.50 meters wide (w) x 14.00 meters deep (d) | 301.00 sq. meters 14.00 meters (w) x 21.50 meters (d) | 365.00 sq. meters 17.00 meters (w) x 21.50 meters (d) | 548.00 sq. meters 25.50 meters (w) x 21.50 meters (d) | 365.00 sq. meters 17.00 meters (w) x 21.50 meters (d) | | Basic Residential 2 (R-2) Medium Density Housing (single family dwelling unit with a BHL of 10.00 meters) | Not Allowed | 80.00 sq. meters 8.00 meters (w) x 10.00 meters (d) | 96.00 sq. meters 9.60 meters (w) x 10.00 meters (d) | 140.00 sq. meters 14.00 meters (w) x 10.00 meters (d) | 96.00 sq. meters 9.60 meters (w) x 10.00 meters (d) | | Maximum R-2 Medium Density Housing (multiple family dwelling units within one building/structure with a BHL of 15.00 meters) | Not Allowed | 192.00 sq. meters 12.00 meters (w) x 16.00 meters (d) | 261.00 sq. meters 14.50 meters (w) x 18.00 meters (d) | 378.00 sq. meters 21.00 meters (w) x 18.00 meters (d) | 261.00 sq. meters 14.50 meters (w) x 18.00 meters (d) | | Basic Residential 3 (R-3) High Density Housing (single family dwelling unit with a BHL of 10.00 meters) | Not Allowed | 50.00 sq. meters 4.00 meters (w) x 12.50 meters (d) | 75.00 sq. meters 6.00 meters (w) x 12.50 meters (d) | 200.00 sq. meters 16.00 meters (w) x 12.50 meters (d) | 75.00 sq. meters 6.00 meters (w) x 12.50 meters (d) | Guidelines on Lots... Continuation of Table VIII.G.7... | Use or Occupancy (preferably based on Duly-Approved Local Zoning Ordinance) | Lot Location/Type | |------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | | Interior (or Rear) Lot (See Rule VIII-Figure VIII.2) | Inside (or Regular) Lot (See Rule VIII-Figure VIII.3) | Corner Lot or Through Lot (See Rule VIII-Figures VIII.4 & VIII.5) | End Lot (See Rule VIII-Figure VIII.8) | Corner-Through Lot or Corner Lot Abutting 3 or More Streets, etc. Rivers, etc. (See Rule VIII-Figs. VIII.6 & VIII.7.c) | | Maximum R-3 High Density Housing (multiple Family dwelling units within one building/structure with a BHL of 36.00 m) | Not Allowed | 400.00 sq. meters 16.00 meters (w) x 25.00 meters (d) | 475.00 sq. meters 19.00 meters (w) x 25.00 meters (d) | 700.00 sq. meters 28.00 meters (w) x 25.00 meters (d) | 475.00 sq. meters 19.00 meters (w) x 25.00 meters (d) | | Residential 4 (R-4) Individual Townhouse Lots | Not Allowed | 96.00 sq. meters 8.00 meters (w) x 12.00 meters (d) | 120.00 sq. meters 10.00 meters (w) x 12.00 meters (d) | 180.00 sq. meters 15.00 meters (w) x 12.00 meters (d) | 120.00 sq. meters 10.00 meters (w) x 12.00 meters (d) | | Residential 5 (R-5) | Not Allowed | 500.00 sq. meters 18.50 meters (w) x 27.00 meters (d) | 540.00 sq. meters 20.00 meters (w) x 27.00 meters (d) | 945.00 sq. meters 35.00 meters (w) x 27.00 meters (d) | 540.00 sq. meters 20.00 meters (w) x 27.00 meters (d) | | Commercial 1 (Com-1) | Not Allowed | 204.00 sq. meters 12.00 meters (w) x 17.00 meters (d) | 238.00 sq. meters 14.00 meters (w) x 17.00 meters (d) | Allowed | 238.00 sq. meters 14.00 meters (w) x 17.00 meters (d) | | Commercial 2 (Com-2) | Not Allowed | 301.00 sq. meters 14.00 meters (w) x 21.50 meters (d) | 365.00 sq. meters 17.00 meters (w) x 21.50 meters (d) | Not Allowed | 365.00 sq. meters 17.00 meters (w) x 21.50 meters (d) | | Commercial 3* (Com-3) | Not Allowed | 600.00 sq. meters 20.00 meters (w) x 30.00 meters (d) | 813.00 sq. meters 25.00 meters (w) x 32.50 meters (d) | Not Allowed | 813.00 sq. meters 25.00 meters (w) x 32.50 meters (d) | Note: * Suggested minimum lot sizes, lot dimensions, types and restrictions for Commercial 3 (C-3) lots may also apply to Industrial (I), General Institutional (GI) and Cultural (C) Uses or Occupancies. F. BASEMENTS
While basements may be developed for medium to very high density residential, commercial, institutional and mixed-use developments, its planning, design and construction shall observe the following limitations: a. The minimum road right-of-way (RROW) width that services the lot on which the basement can be constructed should be at least 10.00 meters wide; b. For basements to be allowed, the prescribed setbacks and yards must be satisfied for the building/structure above grade inasmuch as the very same setbacks shall apply below grade to determine the maximum depth or width of the basement level; c. If the Code prescriptions for introducing natural light and ventilation into all basement levels are first satisfied (refer to Fig. VIII.G.23.), the maximum depth of the basement can then be made equal to one-half of the height of the building above grade; if the prescriptions for natural lighting and ventilation are satisfied, the basement depth can therefore be as much as one-third of the combined height of the building to be constructed above grade and below grade; d. The center portion of all basement levels shall be reserved for the satisfaction of the basement level may extend by a minimum clear distance of 1.40 meters from the outermost face of the building (OFB) at grade level; e. The OFB at the second and lower basement levels shall follow the line of the OFB at grade level; and f. All drainage structures below grade shall not exceed the OFB below grade.
If basements are to be developed, the following minimum provisions for natural light and ventilation shall be satisfied: a. A primary or main natural light and ventilation shaft (vertical) with a clear distance of at least 3.00 meters shall be located at the center of the building and shall traverse the entire combined height of the building above and below grade; (refer to Fig. VIII.G.23) b. Secondary or support natural light and ventilation shafts (angular) with a clear distance of at least 1.20 meters shall emanate from the front and rear perimeters of the building and shall traverse the entire depth of the basement; the angular shaft/s shall be at an angle of 60° from the horizontal, consistent with the maximum Philippine solar angle; separate angular shafts emanating from the side perimeters of the building are encouraged; and c. Both the vertical and angular shafts shall only be used for natural air and light intake and shall not be used for any form of exhaust or air exchange to keep the temperature inside the shafts at a minimum. Guidelines on Basements... MAXIMUM BASEMENT CONFIGURATION AND MINIMUM NATURAL VENTILATION PROVISIONS FOR BASEMENT CONSTRUCTION FOR A C-3 BUILDING ALONG 14.00 m RROW Figure VIII.G.23. G. DESIGN OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
a. Public buildings/structures are permanent edifices owned by the government, whether national or local, its agencies, including government-owned and/or controlled corporations. b. Design of public buildings/structures shall conform to the applicable provisions of the preceding rules and regulations. Aside from being logically functional and structurally sound, they should promote, enhance and express the aesthetic presentability, customs and traditions, socio-economic values environmental quality and cultural heritage of the region concerned towards evolving a distinct Filipino Architecture. c. The architectural character of public buildings/structures must fully express the nature of their function, use or occupancy and should reflect their identity as public buildings/structures compatible with their total macro and microenvironment. d. Public buildings/structures should be designed for permanence but with maximized flexibility to allow for future adjustments in their uses/occupancies. e. Use of indigenous and/or locally manufactured/produced materials such as marble, stone, adobe, clay tiles, wood, coco wood, kapis shells, should be maximized unless their production or usage are banned or regulated by the government to promote the efforts to conserve natural resources. f. Use of natural light and ventilation by means of proper orientation, cross ventilation, convection, sun control devices and the like should be maximized. g. Choice of finishes should aim to minimize maintenance costs. h. The architectural plan and design must basically reflect the functional manner or spatial utilization and/or the evolving Filipino, Asian or International usage of spaces that need to be projected if required or used, more than just attention to pure forms/images. i. Only the use of good to high quality materials, labor, technologies and construction methods within the approved budget, must be specified by its planners and designers to ensure permanence, long continued use and low maintenance cost of public buildings or structures. j. Plans and designs of all public buildings must fully comply with all of the planning and design requirements under the Code and this IRR including the Fire Code of the Philippines and the Accessibility Law (BP Blg. 344). k. Strictly consider proper landscaping analysis and design not only for aesthetics but more so for the prevention of erosion of its site and immediate vicinity, and for ecological balance. l. These requirements are not intended to limit the creativity of the designer nor preclude the use of advanced or innovative technology particularly in instances wherein mandated compliance under this Guideline shall present a major difficulty in or hamper the proper execution of the plan, design or architectural concept.
a. Where a project site is yet to be selected, the potential site must be compatible with the project usage. The site should be accessible, and near power, water, sewerage, drainage as well as transportation, communication and solid waste management system for practical and economic considerations. b. Site analysis should show an accurate and thorough understanding of the site. It should include, but not limited to, consideration of topography, point of access, existing buildings/structures/utilities/services, trees, soil characteristics, existing and approved land uses, views and vulnerabilities to flooding, erosion, seismic activity or other threats. c. The site must be properly and completely described, clearly defining its technical boundaries, showing access thereto such as highway, road or alley and indicating easements, encroachments, approved building lines, proposed road widening, existing buildings/structures, utilities/services and trees. For site on rolling grounds or steep slope, its contour lines must be shown at convenient intervals.
a. Location and Orientation - Locate and orient the buildings to maximize the use of natural ventilation and lighting and minimize energy consumption within the constraints of the functional requirements, the topography and site configuration. North-south exposure of buildings has the advantage of maximizing the cooling effect of prevailing winds coming from the southeasterly and southwesterly directions. Such exposures minimize the effect of afternoon solar heat at the same time. b. Site Drainage - Drainage is a basic site design consideration and must be done in conjunction with siting and orientation of buildings, location of parking lots and roads, consideration of topography and compliance with functional site requirements. Parking lots, roads and walks must be graded to assure positive drainage for each major site element and must be coordinated into a total drainage system. Existing drainage ways, if any, should be utilized to retain the original character of the site and to avoid unnecessary earthwork. c. Grading Design - Balance the cut and fill for the entire site as closely as possible to eliminate the need for hauling earth on or off the site. If topography for areas required for parking, roadways and other site features require cut and fill, selection of finished elevations for backfilling of the entire site should be well studied and appropriate. d. Vehicular and Pedestrian Access and Circulation - Access and circulation patterns to and within the site must be studied in the process of site planning. Easy and direct access and smooth circulation should be provided for vehicles and pedestrians including for disabled persons. e. Site Utilities and Services - Provide adequate underground utilities and services such as concrete or masonry trench with retractable covers for maintenance and avoid diggings of new roads. The trench alignments shall be coordinated with paving of roads and landscape, including future extensions, to avoid conflicts with these site elements. Provide most economical run, and minimize the possibility of utility relocation. Coordinate the location of underground site utilities and services such as power, water supply, sewerage communications and drainage systems to reduce the possibility of utility/service crossing and contamination. RULE IX - SANITATION
Subject to the provisions of Book II of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Property, Ownership, and its Modification, all buildings hereafter erected, altered, remodeled, relocated or repaired for human habitation shall be provided with adequate and potable water supply, plumbing installation, and suitable wastewater treatment or disposal system, storm water drainage, pest and vermin control, noise abatement device, and such other measures required for the protection and promotion of health of persons occupying the premises and others living nearby.
All pipe materials to be used in buildings/structures shall conform to the standard specifications of the Bureau of Product Standards (BPS) of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI). RULE X – BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC STREETS
TABLE X.1. Projection of Balconies and Appendages | Width of Streets | Total Projections | |--------------------------------------|-------------------------| | Over 3.00 meters but less than 6.00 meters | .60 meter | | 6.00 meters to less than 10.00 meters | .90 meter | | 10.00 meters to less than 11.00 meters | 1.00 meter | | 11.00 meters to less than 12.00 meters | 1.10 meters | | 12.00 meters to less than 13.00 meters | 1.30 meters | | 13.00 meters to less than 14.00 meters | 1.40 meters | | 14.00 meters or over | 1.50 meters |
Doors, windows, and the like less than 2.40 meters above the pavement or groundline shall not, when fully opened or upon opening, project beyond the property line except fire exit doors.
Figure X.3. STREET 3.60 M 4.00 M 90° BISECTOR --- Figure X.4. STREET 4.00 M 5.40 M 3.75 M BISECTOR CHAFLANS RULE XI - PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION
The mixing of mortar, concrete, or similar materials on public streets shall not be allowed.
a. Temporary wiring for light, heat and/or power shall be adequately protected against mechanical or over-current failures. All conductive materials enclosing fixed or portable electric equipment, or forming a part of such equipment, shall be properly grounded. b. Temporary electric service poles shall be self-supporting or adequately braced or guyed at all times.
Fences shall entirely enclose the construction/demolition site and shall be erected on the building side of sidewalks or walkways and shall be made of approved materials (e.g. G.I. sheet, wooden boards and/or planks, plywood or Lawanit, sawali), not less than 2.40 meters in height above the curb line. Fences shall be built solid for its full length except for such openings as may be necessary for proper execution of the work. Such openings shall be provided with doors, which shall be kept closed at all times except when in actual use. a. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building/structure area and the inner edge of the sidewalk is more than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a 2.40 meters fence is required. (Figure XI.1) b. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building and the inner edge of the sidewalk is equal to or less than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a canopy shall be required in addition to a fence. (Fig. XI.2)
a. The protective canopy shall have a clear unobstructed height of 2.40 meters above the walkway and shall be made of sufficient strength and stability to sustain safely the weight of materials that may be placed thereon, and to withstand shocks incident to the handling of such materials or their preparation for use, and accidental jars from trucks passing or delivering materials. b. When the canopy is used for the storage of materials or for the performance of work of any kind, substantial railings not less than 1.00 meters high and solid toe boards not less than 300 millimeters high shall be placed along the street side and ends of the canopy. The canopy shall be capable of safely sustaining a load of 4800 Pascal or the intended load to be placed thereon, whichever is bigger. c. The deck flooring of a canopy shall consist of planking not less than 50 millimeters in thickness, closely laid. All members of the canopy shall be adequately braced and connected to resist displacement of members or distortion of the framework. d. Canopies shall be constructed solid for its entire length except for such openings as may be necessary for loading purposes. Such openings shall be kept closed at all times except during actual loading operation. e. Unless the top deck of the canopy is built solidly against the face of the building/structure to be constructed/demolished, the vertical face of the canopy supports next to the building shall be solidly fenced throughout, except for such openings as may be necessary for the execution of work. Such openings shall be provided with sliding or swinging gates which shall be kept closed at all times except when in actual use. (Figs. XI.3., XI.4., XI.5., XI.6.). f. The street side of the canopy shall be kept open for a height of not less than 2.40 meters above the curb. The underside of the canopy shall be properly lighted at night with not less than 100-Watts bulb every 6.00 meters of its length and at each change of grade or elevation of the sidewalk surface. g. When a wall of the building abuts or fronts a street, fans or catch platforms shall be erected along that wall at the level of the first floor of the building above the street level. Fans or catch platforms shall be erected at the level of other floors of the building as may be necessary to prevent nuisance from dust or danger from falling debris or materials. h. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building and the outer edge of the sidewalk is less than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a protective device such as a net or screen extending from the uppermost part of the construction/demolition to ground level shall be required in addition to a fence and canopy. (Fig. XI.7.) i. Wherever required, protective netting/covering shall be of approved and substantially strong material such as 2 millimeters diameter G.I. wire, 38 millimeters mesh nylon net, or canvas. j. Where a wall of the building abuts or fronts a street, dust screens shall be erected to cover the entire wall so as to prevent nuisance from dust. k. For medium and high-rise buildings six (6) storeys and higher, all protective and safety devices/facilities shall be completely installed including safety belts, safety nets and canopies for the safety of workers, pedestrians, nearby residents and motorists.
a. At every construction/demolition site, warning signs shall be conspicuously posted around the property. Warning signs shall be adequately illuminated at night for the protection of unwary pedestrians. b. All entrances/exits to and from the construction/demolition site shall be kept closed at all times except during actual passage of men, materials or equipment. c. All warning signs and lights shall be properly maintained even when operations are not in progress. WHEN: X > H/2 ONLY A FENCE IS REQUIRED Figure XI.1. WHEN: X ≤ H/2 FENCE AND CANOPY IS REQUIRED Figure XI.2. PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS, NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION Figure XI.3. FULL OCCUPANCY OF SIDEWALK Figure XI.4. PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OF SIDEWALK Figure XI.5. PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS, NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION Figure XI.6. OUTER MOST FACE OF BUILDING OPEN CANOPY AND BRACE FENCE REQUIRED WHEN CANOPY IS NOT SOLIDLY BUILT AGAINST FACE OF BUILDING. ARCADE SIDEWALK TEMPORARY WALKWAY ROADWAY 2.40 m. min. 1.20 m. min. Figure XI.7. OUTER MOST FACE OF BUILDING SCAFFOLDING ALTERNATE POSITIONS OF PROTECTIVE NET DEPENDING UPON CLOSENESS OF FENCE/CANOPY. CANOPY BRACE SUPPORT FENCE PROPERLY ANCHORED 2.40 m. X S WHEN X + S < H/2 FENCE, NET AND CANOPY ARE REQUIRED PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS, NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMO d. All areas of danger in demolition operations shall be properly enclosed and danger signs posted. Watchmen shall be provided to warn workers of impending dangers and all unauthorized persons shall be excluded from places where demolition is in progress.
a. Average Light Intensity and Illumination i. All parts of buildings/structures under construction/demolition, and all sheds, scaffolds, canopied walkways, work or storage areas, and equipment used in connection with such operations shall have sufficient light to insure safety and protection of life and property. In passageways, stairways and corridors, the average light intensity measured at floor level shall be not less than 200 LUX. ii. At locations where tools and/or machinery are used, the average light intensity measured at floor level shall be not less than 500 LUX. Natural or artificial illumination shall be provided in such a manner that glare and shadows will not adversely affect the safety and protection of the public, workers and property. b. Welding and Cutting i. Gas welding and cutting and arc welding in construction/demolition operations shall be restricted to experienced workers accredited by the Technical Education Skills Development Authority (TESDA). Suitable goggles, helmets and gloves shall be provided for and worn by workers engaged in gas welding or cutting or arc welding. Incombustible shields shall be provided to protect the workers when exposed to falling hot metal oxide. ii. Gas welding or cutting or arc welding shall not be done above pedestrians and workers. When unavoidable, an incombustible shield shall be provided between the work and workers below. A watchman shall be stationed to give warning at places where pedestrians and workers, in the course of their activity, are likely to pass under a gas welding or cutting or an arc welding operation. iii. Gas welding or cutting shall not be carried out in any place where ample ventilation is not provided or from which quick escape is difficult. When unavoidable, workers engaged in such work in confined spaces shall be allowed frequent access to fresh air. A relief worker shall be stationed close at hand to assist the worker in case of accident and to shut off the gases. iv. Tanks of fuel gas shall not be moved or allowed to stand for any extended period when not in use unless the caps of such tanks are in place. v. Suitable cradles shall be used for lifting or lowering oxygen or fuel tanks, to reduce to a minimum the possibility of dropping tanks. Ordinary rope slings shall not be used. vi. Tanks supplying gases for welding or cutting shall be located at no greater distance from the work than is necessary for safety. vii. Such tanks shall be securely fastened in place and in upright position. They shall be stored or set in place for use so that they are not exposed to the direct rays of the sun or to high temperature. viii. Before steel beams or other structural shapes or elements of construction are cut by means of a gas flame, they shall be secured by cables or chains to prevent them from dropping or swinging. ix. Where, in the course of demolition work, steel work or ironwork is being cut, released or dismantled, all necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from sudden twist, spring or collapse. c. Special Typhoon Precautions i. Whenever a typhoon is expected to pass at or near the construction site, all construction materials and equipment shall be secured against displacement by wind forces. ii. Construction sheds, construction materials and equipment shall be secured by guying, shoring, or by tying down. iii. Where a full complement of personnel is employed or engaged for such protection purposes, normal construction activity or uses of materials or equipment may continue, allowing such reasonable time as may be necessary to secure such materials and equipment before winds of gale force are anticipated, in accordance with warnings or advisories issued by the Philippine Atmospheric Geophysical Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA). d. Hoisting Machinery i. Every hoisting engine shall be provided with adequate brakes capable of holding the maximum load at any point of travel. ii. Hoisting machinery shall be enclosed to exclude unauthorized persons. If placed outside the building, further protection against falling objects shall be provided. iii. Guards shall be provided with exposed gears and other moving parts and around hoisting cables at all points to prevent workers from tripping or getting their clothing caught. iv. Ample room shall be provided around hoisting engines, motors or machineries or apparatus to allow the free and safe movement of the operators. v. When hoisting machinery is set on an elevated platform, such platform shall be of substantial and sturdy construction. Guardrails and toe boards shall be provided along all open sides of such platform. vi. Electrical machinery and equipment to be used for construction work shall be installed and operated in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code. vii. Steam boilers used in construction work shall be installed, equipped and maintained in accordance with the Philippine Mechanical Code. viii. A tag line or guide rope shall be used on all loads being hoisted or lowered. e. Platform Hoists i. Platform hoists for the handling of materials in buildings under construction shall have the car substantially constructed and provided with covers, either solid or wire mesh. ii. If suitable overhead protection is provided, the covers may be omitted. iii. Hoists shall be equipped with a broken-rope safety device. iv. Where wheelbarrows or buggies are used for handling material on platform hoists, cleats shall be nailed to the platform to fix the proper position so that handles shall not project beyond platform edges. v. Supports for the overhead sheave of the hoist shall be designed to carry two (2) times the weight of the hoist and its maximum load. f. Hoist Towers i. Hoist towers erected in connection with construction work shall be substantially constructed. All members shall be so proportioned that the stresses shall not exceed those specified for the material when carrying the dead load of the tower plus two times the weight of the platform or bucket or its maximum load. ii. Every hoist tower shall rest on a sufficiently solid foundation to prevent injurious settlement or distortion of its framework. iii. The base of every hoist tower shall be screened or otherwise protected on all sides to a height of not less than 1.80 meters. iv. Every hoist tower shall be secured in not less than four (4) directions against swaying or tipping at intervals of not more than 10.00 meters in its height, by steel cable guys adequately anchored or by other satisfactory means. v. Such towers which are constructed adjacent to buildings shall be secured to the building frame at each floor as the construction progresses. vi. Hoist towers erected within the building, but not occupying the entire opening through which they pass, shall be completely enclosed on all sides and shall be provided with doors at the unloading points unless the platform hoist is solidly enclosed on all sides to the height to which material is to be loaded or unloaded. vii. Landing platforms in hoist towers or platforms connecting a hoist tower to a building or other structure shall be provided with guardrails and toe boards. g. Derricks and Cranes i. Derricks shall be so designed and assembled that no part shall be stressed beyond the safe working stress for the material under its maximum rated load in any possible position. Such maximum load shall be conspicuously posted on each derrick. ii. The foot-block of every derrick shall be firmly secured against motion in any direction. iii. Guy derricks shall have the top of the mast held by not less than six (6) steel guy cables secured by firm anchorages and so placed that the angle of the guy with the mast shall be as large as possible. iv. The moving parts of derricks and cranes shall be kept well lubricated. All parts shall be inspected at least every other day. v. Use and operation of cranes shall be in accordance with Rule XIII. vi. In the operation of cranes and similar devices, a standard signal system shall be used and all men assigned to the operation of such equipment shall be fully instructed on the signals. h. Cables, Ropes, Chains and Blocks i. All ropes and cables used in connection with scaffolds, derricks and hoisting apparatus shall be tested before being put to use and at least once every thirty (30) days while in use, to insure their safety and suitability for the purpose. ii. Cables, ropes, chains and blocks shall be of such size that the maximum load supported by them will not exceed one-sixth (1/6) of their breaking strength. iii. Blocks designed for use with abaca ropes shall not be used for steel cables. iv. Blocks used at or near floors or in other exposed places to change the direction of cables shall be enclosed or otherwise effectively guarded. v. Chains shall not be used for slings, bridles or other similar purposes, but shall be restricted to only a straight pull. vi. Hooks shall not be used for hoisting buckets, cages or skips. i. Ladders and Temporary Stairways i. Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or runways are required, ladders shall be provided to give access to all floors, stagings or platforms where work is being done more than five (5) storeys above ground or above a permanent or temporary floor. ii. Ladders shall not be extended by joining two (2) or more together. No single ladder shall exceed 6.00 meters in length. When greater heights are to be reached, intermediate platforms shall be erected. iii. Ladder landings shall be at least 1.20 meters square and equipped with handrails and toe boards. iv. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly and as near to 300 millimeters as practicable. v. Ladders leading to floors, stagings or platforms shall extend at least 900 millimeters above the level of such floors, stagings or platforms. vi. When used temporarily in place of stairways or runways, ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously shall be at least 1.00 meters wide. If separate ladders are provided for going up and coming down, they shall be marked "UP" and "DOWN" respectively at each floor and platform level. vii. All ladders, when in use, shall be set up in a manner to be secured and to prevent slipping. Ladders, except stepladders or other self-supporting ladders, shall be securely fastened to a permanent support at the top, and if necessary, at the bottom, and braced to prevent swaying, bending or shaking. viii. Ladders shall not be placed or used in shafts of operative elevators or hoists except by workers engaged in the erection, construction, alteration or repair of any such shafts, hoistways or equipment. ix. Ladders shall not be painted, but may be oiled or treated with preservatives so as to permit the detection of faults. x. Every ladder shall be inspected by the superintendent or foreman in charge before being put to use on a construction operation and thereafter at least once every thirty (30) days while in continued use. xi. Permanent stairways shall be installed in all buildings under construction as soon as conditions will permit. xii. When the work on a building has progressed to a height in excess of 18.00 meters and it has not been practicable to install the permanent stairways, at least one temporary stairway shall be provided for the full height and continued upward as rapidly as the work progresses. xiii. Stairs and stairways shall be of sufficient strength to support a load of at least 4800 Pascal. All stairways shall be guarded on all open sides with handrails and toe boards. xiv. Temporary stairs shall be constructed so that treads and risers are uniform in width and height in any one (1) flight. xv. The sum of the height of the two (2) risers and the width of one (1) tread shall be not less than 460 millimeters nor more than 700 millimeters. xvi. Temporary stairways shall be not less than 900.00 millimeters wide. xvii. Landings shall be not less than 750 millimeters long. No flight of stairs of temporary stairways shall have a vertical rise in excess of 3.60 meters. Whenever necessary, intermediate landings shall be provided. xviii. Temporary and permanent stairways shall be adequately lighted. xix. Permanent stairs that are to be used during construction and on which treads are to be filled in later shall have wooden treads firmly fitted in place for the full area of the tread. xx. The top surfaces of the temporary treads shall be maintained above the tops of the risers or nosings. xxi. No door shall open directly onto a flight of stairs, but a landing equal at least the width of the door shall be provided between the door and the stairs. j. Runways and Ramps i. Runways and ramps used in connection with scaffolds or extending from storey to storey or otherwise located and maintained for an extended period of time or for the transfer of bulky material shall be constructed of at least three (3) 25 x 250 millimeters planks laid closely side by side and substantially supported and braced to prevent unequal deflection and springing action. ii. Runways and ramps shall have a slope not greater than one is to three (1:3). The total rise of a runway or ramp between landings shall not exceed 1.80 meters. iii. When the rise is steeper than 1:3, runways or ramps shall be provided with cleats spaced not more than 20 millimeters apart. iv. Runways and ramps having a total rise of more than 1.80 meters, or passing over or near floor openings, high tension wires or other dangerous places, shall be provided with guardrails and toe boards. h. Scaffolds i. Properly constructed scaffolds shall be provided for all works which cannot be done safely by workmen standing on permanent or solid construction, except when such work can be done safely from ladders. All such scaffolds shall be substantially constructed to support at least four (4) times the maximum load, and shall be secured to prevent swaying. ii. Planks used in the construction of stationary scaffolds shall be not less than 50 millimeters nominal thickness. Where such planks overlap at the ends, the overlap shall be not less than 150 millimeters. Planks shall be so placed that they cannot tip under the weight of the worker at any point. All nails shall be driven full strength. No nails shall be subject to direct pull. iii. Ropes, cables and blocks shall sustain at least six (6) times the maximum loads to which they will be subjected. Where acids are likely to come in contact with them, ropes shall not be used but steel cables properly protected by grease or oil or other effective methods shall be used instead. iv. Every scaffold, the platform level of which is more than 1.80 meters above the ground, or above a permanent or temporary floor, other than iron workers' scaffolds and carpenters' bracket scaffolds, shall be provided with guard rails and toe boards extending the full length of the scaffold and along the ends except where ramps or runways connect with them, unless otherwise enclosed or guarded. On suspended, swinging and pole scaffolds, the space between guardrails and toe boards shall be fitted with wire mesh screens securely attached. v. Where objects are likely to fall on a scaffold from above, a substantial overhead protection shall be provided not more than 3.00 meters above the scaffold platform, and at doorways, passageways or other points. Where workers must pass under scaffolds, a substantial overhead protection shall be provided. vi. No materials or equipment other than required by the workers shall be placed on scaffold platforms. vii. Roof brackets, roof scantling, crawling boards and similar forms of supports shall be substantial in construction and securely fastened in place when in use. viii. Barrels, boxes or other similar unstable objects shall not be used as supports. ix. When used over public sidewalks or other places of public use, scaffolds used for minor building repairs, alterations, or painting, shall be equipped with drop cloths to effectively prevent the falling of paint or debris. x. Scaffolds used for sandblasting and guniting operations shall be entirely and effectively enclosed, and the determination of effective enclosure shall be the completed absence of particles of materials of operation in the air at a horizontal distance of 15.0 meters from the point of operation. k. Temporary Flooring i. In buildings of skeleton construction, the permanent floor, except for necessary hoistway openings, shall, when possible, be constructed as the building progresses. There shall be not more than three (3) unfilled floors below the highest permanent floor. ii. In buildings of skeleton construction, the entire working floor shall be planked over, except spaces required for raising or lowering materials, and for stairways or ladders. Planks shall not tip under the weight of a worker at any point and secured, so that they cannot slip out of place. iii. In buildings of wood joist construction, the immediate underfloor shall be laid for each floor as the building progresses. I. Floor Openings i. All floor openings used as hoistways or elevator shaftways shall be protected on all sides, except the side being used for loading or unloading. Protection shall be in the form of barricades or guardrails not less than 900 millimeters high placed not less than 600 millimeters distant at all points from the edges of such openings. If guardrails are used, toe boards shall be provided along the edges of the openings. Sides left open for loading or unloading shall be guarded by similar solid doors or gates. ii. All floor openings used as stairways or for the accommodation of ladders or runways shall be guarded by railings and toe boards. iii. All floor openings shall be protected on all sides by solid barriers or railings with toe boards not less than 900 millimeters high or shall be planked over by temporary construction capable of sustaining safely such loads as are likely to come thereon. iv. Barriers for the protection of openings used as hoistways or for elevators shall be constructed so that workers cannot thrust head, arms or legs through them, and loose materials cannot fall or be pushed into the shaftway. v. Barriers and guardrails around floor openings shall remain in place until permanent enclosures or protection are otherwise provided. m. Guardrails and Toe Boards i. Guardrails, when required under this Rule, shall have the top rail not less than 900 millimeters with an intermediate rail provided between the top rail and the platform. ii. All guardrails shall have supports not more than 2.40 meters apart, constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30 kilograms per sq. meters. iii. Toe boards, whenever required under this Rule, shall extend not less than 150 millimeters above the platform level and shall be placed to fit close to the edges of the platform. They shall be adequately secured along the entire length to resist the impact of workers' feet and the shifting of materials. iv. Toe boards of metal shall be not less than 25 millimeters nominal thickness, with supports not more than 1.20 meters apart. v. Toe boards of metal shall be not less than 30 millimeters thick, with supports not more than 1.20 meters apart.
a. Before commencing the work of demolition of a building/structure, all gas, electric, water and other utility meters shall be removed and the supply and service lines disconnected by the corresponding utility/service companies, who should be notified in advance. b. All fittings attached to the building/structure and connected to any street lighting system, electrical supply or other utilities shall be removed. c. All electric power shall be shut off and all electric service lines shall be cut and disconnected by the power company at or outside the property line. d. No electric cable or other apparatus, other than those especially required for use in connection with the demolition work, shall remain electrically charged during demolition operations. When it is necessary to maintain any power, water, gas, or other utility/service lines during the process of demolition, such lines shall be temporarily relocated and protected with substantial covering to the satisfaction of the utility/service company concerned. e. All necessary steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons arising from fire or explosion from leakage or accumulation of gas or vapor, and from flooding from uncapped water mains, sewers and/or culverts. f. All entrances/exits to and from the building shall be properly protected so as to prevent any danger to persons engaged in the demolition work using such entrances/exits in the performance of their works. g. Glazed sashes and glazed doors shall be removed before the start of demolition operations.
a. Chutes for the removal of materials and debris shall be provided in all parts of demolition operations, which are more than 6.00 meters above the point from which material is to be removed. Chutes shall be so situated and constructed so as not to pose any danger to the public or to workmen. b. Chutes shall be completely enclosed and shall be equipped, at intervals of 6.00 meters or less, with substantial stops to prevent descending materials from attaining dangerous speeds. Proper tools shall be provided and kept available to loosen materials or debris jammed in the chute. No materials or debris shall be dropped from any part of a building under demolition to any point outside the walls of the building except through properly enclosed wooden or metal chutes. c. Chutes which are at an angle of more than 45° from the horizontal shall be completely enclosed on all four (4) sides, except for openings at or about floor level at each floor, for the receiving of materials or debris. d. Chutes at an angle of less than 45° with the horizontal may be left open on the upper side. However, where such a chute discharges into another chute steeper than 45° with the horizontal, the top of the steeper chute shall be covered at the junction point of the two (2) chutes to prevent the spillage of materials or debris. e. Openings into which materials or debris are dumped at the top of a chute shall be protected by a substantial guardrail extending at least 1.80 meters above the level of the floor. f. At chute openings where materials or debris are dumped from wheelbarrows, a toe board or bumper not less than 150 millimeters high and 50 millimeters nominal thickness shall be provided. g. Any space between the chute and edges of floor openings through which the chute passes shall be solidly planked over. h. Chutes, as well as floors, stairways and other places, shall be effectively wet down at frequent intervals, whenever the dust from demolition operations would cause a menace or hardship to residents of adjoining buildings or premises. i. The bottom of each chute shall be equipped with an adjustable gate or stop for regulating the flow of materials. j. Except when in actual use in the discharge of materials, the gate or stop shall be kept closed. A reliable person shall be designated to control the gate and the backing up and loading of trucks. He shall see to it that no person is allowed to stand or pass under the discharge end of the chute at any time. k. The area at the discharge end of each chute shall be completely enclosed with a substantial fence at all times or otherwise made inaccessible. A danger sign shall be placed at the discharge end of every chute.
a. No wall, chimney or other construction shall be allowed to fall in mass, except under competent supervision. b. Scaffolds or stagings shall be erected for workers if walls or other elements of the structure are too thin or too weak to work on. Heavy structural members, such as beams or columns, shall be carefully lowered and not allowed to fall freely. c. Masonry walls or sections of masonry walls shall not be permitted to fall upon the floors of the building in such masses as to exceed the safe carrying capacity of the floors. d. No walls or section of walls whose height is more than twenty-two (22) times its thickness shall be permitted to stand without lateral bracing unless such wall is in good condition and was originally designed to stand to a greater height without such lateral support. e. Workmen shall not be permitted to work on top of a wall when weather conditions constitute a hazard. f. Before demolishing any interior or exterior wall which is within 3.00 meters of any opening in the floor immediately below, such opening shall be substantially planked over unless all workmen are removed from all floors below and access to such floors is positively prevented. g. At the completion of each day's work, all walls undemolished shall be left stable and in no danger of overturning or falling. h. Foundation walls which serve as retaining walls to support earth and adjoining structures shall not be demolished until such adjoining structures have been underpinned or braced, and earth either removed or supported by sheet piling or other suitable materials. i. In the demolition of brick and/or masonry chimneys which cannot safely be toppled or dropped, all materials shall be dropped down through the inside of such chimneys. j. The loading point at the discharge end chute, at or near the bottom of a chimney, shall be completely protected by means of any overhead timber canopy. k. To enable workmen to reach or leave their work on any wall or scaffold, walkways shall be provided. Such walkways shall not be less than three (3) planks, properly tied or nailed to bearers of not less than 560 millimeters in width, such that the planks do not deflect more than 50 millimeters under normal loading. l. In buildings of skeleton construction, the steel framing may be left in place during the demolition of masonry work. When this is done, all steel beams, girders and the like shall be cleared of all loose materials as the demolition progresses.
a. Before the demolition of floors and floor beams, the floors and beams shall be completely supported by temporary planking and supports. b. When the load is transferred to lower floors, these floors shall be carefully propped. c. Demolition of floors shall not be started until the surrounding floor area to a distance of 6.00 meters have been entirely cleared of debris and other unnecessary materials. d. No floor, roof or other part of a building that is being demolished shall be so overloaded with debris or materials as to render it unsafe. e. Where workmen are engaged in the removal of floors, planks of ample strength which are supported independently of the flooring shall be provided for the workmen to step on. The planks shall be so placed as to give the workmen a firm support in case the floor gives way or collapses unexpectedly. Where it is necessary for a workman to straddle a space between two planks, such space shall not exceed 400 millimeters. To enable workmen to reach any workplace without the necessity of walking on exposed beams, planks shall be provided to serve as catwalks. f. Planks used for temporary protection shall be sound, and at least 25 millimeters thick. They shall be laid close together, with the ends overlapping by at least 100 millimeters over solid bearings to prevent tipping under a load. g. Where floors are being removed, no workmen shall be allowed to work in the area directly underneath. Such areas shall be barricaded to prevent access to it. h. Structural or load-supporting members at any floors shall not be cut or removed until all stories above that floor have been demolished and removed. i. Where any floor has been removed, the entire tier of beams on which any device is supported shall be completely planked over, except for such openings as are required for the handling of materials or equipment. j. Stairs and stair railings shall be kept in place and in usable condition as long as it is practicable. k. Steps and landings shall be kept free from debris and obstructions.
a. Where applicable, the Building Official shall require strict compliance with the minimum safety standards as prescribed under Administrative Order of DOLE. The construction, alteration and removal of scaffolds and the application, installation and setting up of safeguard devices shall be done by skilled workmen under the supervision of a person, qualified by experience or training for such work. b. A device or piece of equipment, which is unsafe, shall be reported to the superintendent or foreman, who shall take immediate steps to remedy such condition or remove such device or equipment. c. Scaffolds, ladders, stairs, fuel gas tanks and other devices or equipment falling within the scope of this Rule shall be maintained in a good, safe and usable condition as long as in use. d. Scaffolds, temporary floors, ramps, stairway landings, stair treads, and all other walkway surfaces shall be kept free from protruding nails/splinters. e. Protruding nails and tie wire ends shall be removed, hammered in or bent in a safe condition. f. Electric lines, moving ropes and cable gears, or similar hazards with which a person might come in contact with shall be encased or protected. g. No person, firm or corporation, either personally or through an employee or agent of another, shall operate or move any machinery, equipment, materials, scaffolds, closer than 5.00 meters to any energized high voltage overhead electrical facilities unless authorized by the Electrical Inspector. h. All workmen on any demolition job shall be required to wear industrial safety helmets and body protective gears. i. Construction sheds and toolboxes shall be so located as to protect persons from dangerous falling walls and objects. j. The Building Official may permit the use of alternative methods and/or devices depending on local conditions provided that the minimum standard of safety sought to be achieved under this Rule is not jeopardized. k. In Fire Zones of Types I, II and III Construction, only heaters with enclosed flames shall be used for the heating of any roofing or other similar materials. l. Wherever any enclosed flame heaters or open fires are used, there shall be a workman in constant attendance, whose duty shall be to have such heater or fire under proper control at all times. m. In all buildings in which standpipes are required, such standpipes shall be installed as the construction progresses in such a manner that they are always ready for Fire Department use, to the topmost constructed floor. Such standpipes shall be provided with a Siamese twin dry standpipe outside the building and with one (1) outlet at each floor connected to a fire hose cabinet. n. In every construction operation, wherever a tool house, storeroom or other shanty is built or a room or space is used for storage, dressing room or workshop, at least one (1) approved hand pump, tank or portable chemical or dry powder fire extinguisher shall be provided and maintained in an accessible location. o. During construction operations, free access from the street to fire hydrants and to outside connections for standpipes, sprinklers or other fire extinguishing equipment, whether permanent or temporary shall be provided and maintained at all times. No material or construction equipment shall be placed within 3.00 meters of such hydrant or connection, nor between it and the centerline of the street. p. Toilet facilities at the construction/demolition site, as an ancillary to the bunkhouse and operation, shall be maintained in a clean/sanitary condition for the use of the workers. q. Supply of potable water and sanitary washing facilities shall be provided for workers' and other uses during workdays. r. At every construction/demolition operation, arrangements shall be made for prompt medical attention in case of an accident. An ample supply of first aid medicine shall be provided and maintained in a clean/sanitary cabinet, which shall be available at all times under the direction of the superintendent or a person designated by him. s. Unless competent medical attention is quickly available, where more than two hundred (200) workers are employed, a properly equipped first-aid room shall be provided, and a physician or competent nurse shall be in constant attendance. RULE XII - GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
a. Materials for construction; b. Processes for the production of materials, their installation or construction; c. Procedures/methodologies/systems for both design and construction; d. Organizational structures/hierarchies for construction; e. Types of occupancy; and f. Classifications relative to design, construction and occupancy.
a. Excavation and fills for buildings or structures shall be so constructed or protected that they do not endanger life or property. b. Whenever the depth of excavation for any construction is such that the lateral and subjacent support of the adjoining property or existing structure thereon would be affected in a manner that the stability or safety of the same is endangered, the person undertaking or causing the excavation to be undertaken shall be responsible for the expense of underpinning or extending the foundation or footings of the aforementioned property or structure. c. Excavation and other similar disturbances made on public property shall, unless otherwise excluded by the Building Official, be restored immediately to its former condition within 48 hours from the start of such excavation and disturbances by whosoever caused such excavation or disturbance. d. Before undertaking excavation works, drilling or otherwise disturbing the ground, the persons doing the work, or causing such work to be done, shall contact all public utilities/services to determine the possible location of underground facilities, to avoid hazard to public safety, health and welfare caused by the inadvertent disruption of such facilities. e. Protection of Adjoining Property. Any person making or causing an excavation to be made below existing grade shall protect the excavation so that the soil of adjoining property will not cave-in or settle and shall defray the cost of underpinning or extending the foundation of buildings on adjoining properties. Before commencing the excavation, the person making or causing the excavation to be made shall notify in writing the owners of adjoining buildings not less than ten (10) days before such excavation is to be made and that the adjoining buildings will be protected by him. The owners of the adjoining properties shall be given access to the excavation for the purpose of verifying if their properties are sufficiently protected by the person making the excavation. Likewise, the person causing such excavation shall be given access to enter the adjoining property for the purpose of physical examination of such property, prior to the commencement and at reasonable periods during the progress of excavation. If the necessary consent is not accorded to the person making the excavation, then it shall be the duty of the person refusing such permission to protect his buildings or structure. The person causing the excavation shall not be responsible for damages on account of such refusal by the adjoining property owner to permit access for inspection. In case there is a party wall along a lot line of the premises where an excavation is being made, the person causing the excavation to be made shall at his own expense, preserve such party wall in as safe a condition as it was before the excavation was commenced and shall, when necessary, underpin and support the same by adequate methods. f. At an early stage, and before work is commenced, a careful and accurate survey of any cracks in the existing adjoining owner's premises should be made, and, where possible, photographs should be taken, recorded, and agreed between the parties concerned. Where necessary, tell-tales should be fixed across the cracks with the object of noting any further movements during demolition and excavation. Tell-tales should preferably be in the form of fixed points built in on each side of the crack and should be capable of being measured by a micrometer or vernier caliper. They should be of such a nature that both horizontal and vertical movements could be recorded. g. Cut slopes for permanent excavations shall not be steeper than two (2) horizontal to one (1) vertical and slopes for permanent fills shall not be steeper than two (2) horizontal to one (1) vertical. Deviation from the foregoing limitations for slopes shall be permitted only upon the presentation of a geotechnical/geological investigation report acceptable to the Building Official. h. On a large site that is at a considerable distance from the surrounding properties and public highways, deep excavation may be carried out in the open in bulk, leaving slopes around the perimeter. It is important to ensure that no serious failures of the banks will occur to endanger those working on the site or the public. The safe angle of the cut slope shall be determined by an appropriate geotechnical/geological site investigation acceptable to the Building Official. i. In cases where the excavation passes through a permeable water-bearing stratum overlying an impervious bed, a bench should be formed at the junction of the strata to carry an intermediate intercepting drain. j. If groundwater is standing at a considerable head around the excavation, measures shall be undertaken to reduce this head by a system of weepholes at the lowest 1/3 section of the excavation wall or by enclosing the site with suitable sheet piling or if a water-sealing stratum can be reached within a reasonable distance at the bottom of the excavation. k. In fine sands or silts where sheet piling alone is relied upon, it will be necessary to watch the pumping very carefully because, in fine-grained materials, the removal of even a small volume of water may cause "blows" in the bottom of the excavation or may result in disturbance to adjoining structures. l. Except in excavation inside sloping banks, rock, or within caissons, all excavations should be lined with shotcrete, boards, runners or sheet piles supported laterally, if necessary, by framings of wallings and struts, which may be of timber, steel, or reinforced concrete, to a sufficient extent to prevent the excavation from becoming dangerous to life or limb by movement or caving in of the adjoining soil. m. All linings and framings should be inserted as the excavation proceeds, and should be tightened up against the adjoining soil by wedging or jacking and secured by cleats or other suitable means. n. Every trench, 1.50 meters or deeper, shall be provided with suitable means of exit or escape at least every 7.50 meters of its length. o. Where workers are employed adjacent to an excavation on work other than that directly connected with the excavation, sufficient railings or fences shall be provided to prevent such workers from falling into the excavation. p. Excavations that may be left open for any length of time, periodic inspections of timbering or strutting should be made and wedges tightened as found necessary. q. In long excavation for walls, it may be found expedient and safe to arrange the excavation in a series of alternate sections in order to avoid a long, continuous excavation supported only on temporary strutting. Such sections should be arranged in convenient lengths (depending on the total length to be done) and of a width sufficient to construct a unit of the retaining wall that will be adequate to afford permanent support to that portion of the ground; the wall unit should be completed before proceeding with the adjacent section of the excavation. r. Where water is encountered in excavation, a sump should be maintained below the level of the excavation in order that surface and groundwater can be led into it and pumped out; provided that the inflow of water does not carry much soil in suspension and does not require continuous pumping to keep the risk of settlement of the surrounding ground. s. No fill or other surcharge loads shall be placed adjacent to any building/structure unless such building/structure is capable of withstanding the additional loads caused by the fill or surcharge. t. Existing footings or foundations which may be affected by any excavation shall be underpinned adequately, or otherwise protected against settlement, and shall be protected against lateral movement. u. Fills to be used to support the foundations of any building/structure shall be placed in accordance with accepted engineering practice. A soil investigation report and a report of satisfactory placement of fill, shall be both acceptable to the Building Official.
a. Footings and foundations shall be of the appropriate type, of adequate size, and capacity in order to safely sustain the superimposed loads under seismic or any condition of external forces that may affect the safety or stability of the structure. It shall be the responsibility of the architect and/or engineer to adopt the type and design of the same in accordance with the standards set forth by the Secretary. b. Whenever or wherever there exist in the site of the construction an abrupt change in the ground levels or level of the foundation such that instability of the soil could result, retaining walls shall be provided and such shall be of adequate design and type of construction as prescribed by the Secretary.
a. Veneer shall support no load other than its own weight and the vertical dead load of veneer immediately above. b. Surfaces to which veneer is attached shall be designed to support the additional vertical and lateral loads imposed by the veneer. c. Consideration shall be given to differential movements of the supports including those caused by temperature changes, shrinkage, creep, and deflection. d. Adhered veneer and its backing shall be designed to have a bond to the supporting elements sufficient to withstand shearing stresses due to their weights including seismic effects on the total assemblage. e. Anchored veneer and its attachment shall be designed to resist horizontal forces equal to twice the weight of the veneer. f. Anchors supports and ties shall be non-combustible and corrosion-resistant.
of the unenclosed opening and shall extend from the ceiling downward at least 300 millimeters on all sides. Automatic sprinklers shall be provided around the perimeter of the opening and within a 600 millimeters of the draft curtain. The distance between the sprinklers shall not exceed 1.80 meters center-to-center.
a. Access. An attic access opening shall be provided in the ceiling of the top floor of buildings with a combustible ceiling or roof construction. The opening shall be located in a corridor or hallway of buildings of three (3) or more storeys in height and readily accessible in buildings of any height. An opening shall not be less than 600 millimeters square or 600 millimeters in diameter. The minimum clear headroom of 800 millimeters shall be provided above the access opening. For ladder requirements, refer to the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code. b. Area Separation. Enclosed attic spaces of combustible construction shall be divided into horizontal areas not exceeding 250 sq. meters by fire-resistive partitions extending from the ceiling to the roof. Except, that where the entire attic is equipped with approved automatic fire-extinguishing system, the attic space may be divided into areas not to exceed 750 sq. meters. Openings in the partitions shall be protected by self-closing doors. c. Draft Stops. Regardless of the type of construction, draft stops shall be installed in trusses roofs, between roof and bottom chords or trusses, in all buildings exceeding 2000 sq. meters. Draft stops shall be constructed as for attic area separations. d. Ventilation. Enclosed attics including rafter spaces formed where ceilings are applied direct to the underside or roof rafters shall be provided with adequate ventilation protected against the entrance of rain.
a. Roof Drains. Roof drains shall be installed at low points of the roof and shall be adequate in size to discharge all tributary waters. b. Overflow Drains and Scuppers. Where roof drains are required, adequate overflow drains shall be provided. c. Concealed Piping. Roof drains and overflows drains, when concealed within the construction of the building, shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the National Plumbing Code. d. Over Public Property. Roof drainage water from a building shall not be permitted to flow over public property, except for Group A and J Occupancies.
a. Determination of Occupant Loads. The occupant load permitted in any building or portion thereof shall be determined by dividing the floor area assigned to that use by the unit area allowed per occupant as shown on Table XII.1. and as determined by the Secretary. i. When the unit area per occupant for any particular occupancy is not provided for in Table XII.1., the Building Official shall determine the same based on the unit area for occupancy, which it most nearly resembles. ii. The occupant load of any area having fixed seats shall be determined by the number of fixed seats installed. Aisles serving the fixed seats in said area shall be included in determining the occupant load. iii. The occupant load permitted in a building or portion thereof may be increased above that specified in Table XII.1. if the necessary exits are provided. iv. In determining the occupant load, all portions of a building shall be presumed to be occupied at the same time. EXCEPTION: Accessory areas, which ordinarily are only used by persons who occupy the main areas of occupancy, shall be provided with exits as though they were completely occupied. However, in computing the maximum allowable occupant load for the floor/building, the occupant load of the accessory area/s shall be disregarded. b. Exit Requirements. Exit requirements of a building or portion thereof used for different purposes shall be determined by the occupant load which gives the largest number of persons. No obstruction shall be placed in the required width of an exit except projections permitted by the Code. c. Posting of Room Capacity. Any room having an occupant load of more than fifty (50) where fixed seats are not installed, and which is used for classroom, assembly, or similar purpose shall have the capacity of the room posted in a conspicuous place near the main exit from the room. d. Changes in Elevation. Except in Group A Occupancies, changes in floor elevations of less than 300 millimeters along any exit serving a tributary occupant load of ten (10) or more shall be by means of ramp. Table XII.1. General Requirements for Occupant Loads and Exits* (*In all occupancies, floors above the first (1st) storey having an occupant load of more than ten (10) shall have at least two (2) exits) | Use or Occupancy | Unit Area per Occupant (sq. meters) | Minimum of Two (2) Exits Other than Elevators are Required Where Number of Occupants is Over | |-------------------------------------|-------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Dwellings | 28.00 | 10 | | Hotels | 18.60 | 10 | | Apartments | 18.60 | 10 | | Dormitories | 18.60 | 10 | | Classrooms | 1.80 | 50 | | Conference Rooms | 1.40 | 50 | | Exhibit Rooms | 1.40 | 50 | | Gymnasia | 1.40 | 50 | | School Shops | 4.60 | 50 | | Vocational Institutions | 4.60 | 50 | | Laboratories | 4.60 | 50 | | Hospitals**, Sanitari** | 8.40 | 5 | | Nursing Homes** | 7.40 | 5 | | Children’s Homes** | 7.40 | 5 | | Homes for the Aged** | 7.40 | 5 | | Nurseries for Children | 3.25 | 6 | (**Institutional Sleeping Departments shall be based on one (1) occupant per 11.00 sq. meters of the gross floor area; In-patient Institutional Treatment Departments shall be based on one (1) occupant per 22.00 sq. meters of gross floor area) Use or Occupancy | Unit Area per Occupant (sq. meters) | Minimum of Two (2) Exits Other than Elevators are Required Where Number of Occupants is Over ---|---|--- Dwellings | 28.00 | 10 Stores-Retail Sales Rooms - Basement | 2.80 | 50 - Ground Floor | 2.80 | 50 - Upper Floors | 2.80 | 50 Offices | 5.60 | 10 Aircraft Hangars (no repair) | 9.30 | 30 Parking Garages | 46.50 | 10 Drinking Establishments | 18.60 | 30 Kitchens (commercial) | 1.40 | 30 | 18.60 | 50 Warehouses | 28.00 | 30 Mechanical Equipment Rooms | 28.00 | 30 Garages | 9.30 | 10 Auditoriums | 0.65 | 50 Theaters | 0.65 | 50 Churches and chapels | 0.65 | 50 Dance Floors | 0.65 | 50 Reviewing Stands | 0.65 | 50 Stadia | 0.65 | 50
a. **Number of Exits.** Every building or usable portion thereof shall have at least one (1) exit. In all occupancies, floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than ten (10) shall not have less than two (2) exits. Each mezzanine floor used for other than storage purposes, if greater in area than 185 sq. meters or more than 18.00 meters in any dimension, shall have at least two (2) stairways to an adjacent floor. Every storey or portion thereof, having an occupant load of 500 to 999 shall have at least three (3) exits. Every storey or portion thereof having an occupant load of one thousand (1000) or more shall have at least four (4) exits. The number of exits required from any storey of a building shall be determined by using the occupant loads of floors which exit through the level under consideration as follows: 50% of the occupant load in the first adjacent storey above (and the first adjacent storey below, when a storey below exits through the level under consideration) and 25% of the occupant load in the storey immediately beyond the first adjacent storey. The maximum number of exits required for any storey shall be maintained until egress is provided from the structures. For purposes of this Section basements or cellars and occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as required for storeys. Floors above the second storey, basements and cellars used for other than service of the building shall have not less than two (2) exits. b. **Width.** The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load served divided by one hundred sixty five (165). Such width of exits shall be divided approximately equally among the separate exits. The total exit width required from any storey of a building shall be determined by using the occupant load of that storey plus the percentage of the occupant loads of floors which exits through the level under consideration as follows: 50% of the occupant load in the first adjacent storey above (and the first adjacent storey below when a storey below exits through the level under consideration) and 25% of the occupant load in the storey immediately beyond the first adjacent storey. The maximum exit width from any storey of a building shall be maintained. c. Arrangement of Exits. If only two (2) exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart to not less than one-fifth (1/5) of the perimeter of the area served measured in a straight line between exits. Where three (3) or more exits are required, they shall be arranged a reasonable distance apart so that if one becomes blocked, the others will be available. d. Distance to Exits. No point in a building without a sprinkler system shall be more than 45.00 meters from an exterior exit door, a horizontal exit, exit passageway, or an enclosed stairway, measured along the line of travel. In a building equipped with a complete automatic fire extinguishing system, the distance from exits may be increased to 60.00 meters.
a. Swing. Exit door shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous areas or when serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or more. Double acting doors shall not be used as exits serving a tributary occupant load of more than one hundred (100); nor shall they be used as a part of fire assembly, nor equipped with panic hardware. A double acting door shall be provided with a view panel of not less than 1,300 sq. centimeters. b. Type of Lock or Latch. Exit door shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort: Except, that this requirement shall not apply to exterior exit doors in a Group E or F Occupancy if there is a conspicuous, readily visible and durable sign on or adjacent to the door, stating that the door is to remain unlocked during business hours. The locking device must be of a type that will readily be distinguishable as locked. Flush bolts or surface bolts are prohibited. c. Width and Height. Every required exit doorway shall be of a size as to permit the installation of a door not less than 900 millimeters in width and not less than 2.00 meters in height. When installed in exit doorways, exit doors shall be capable of opening at least 90 degrees and shall be so mounted that the clear width of the exitway is not less than 700 millimeters. In computing the required exit width the net dimension of the exitway shall be used. d. Door Leaf Width. No leaf of an exit door shall exceed 1.20 meters in width. e. Special Doors. Revolving, sliding, and overhead doors shall not be used as required exits. f. Egress from Door. Every required exit door shall give immediate access to an approved means of egress from the building. g. Change in Floor Level at Doors. Regardless of the occupant load, there shall be a floor or landing on each side of an exit door. The floor or landing shall be leveled with, or not more than 50 millimeters lower than the threshold of the doorway: Except, that in Group A and B Occupancies, a door may open on the top step of a flight of stairs or an exterior landing provided the door does not swing over the top step or exterior landing and the landing is not more than 200 millimeters below the floor level. h. Door Identification. Glass doors shall conform to the requirements in Section 1802. Other exit doors shall be so marked that they are readily distinguishable from the adjacent construction. i. Additional Doors. When additional doors are provided for egress purposes, they shall conform to all provisions in the following cases: Approved revolving doors having leaves which will collapse under opposing pressures may be used in exit situations; provided, that such doors have a minimum width of 2.00 meters or they are not used in occupancies where exits are required to be equipped with panic hardware or at least one conforming exit door is located adjacent to each revolving doors installed in a building and the revolving door shall not be considered to provide any exit width.
a. Width. Every corridor or exit balcony shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width. b. Projections. The required width of corridors and exterior exit balconies shall be unobstructed. Except, that trim handrails, and doors when fully opened shall not reduce the required width by more than 200 millimeters. Doors in any position shall not reduce the required width of the corridor by more than one-half (1/2). c. Access to Exits. When more than one (1) exit is required, they shall be so arranged to allow going to either direction from any point in the corridor or exterior exit balcony to a separate exit, except for dead ends permitted by the Code. d. Dead Ends. Corridors and exterior exit balconies with dead ends are permitted when the dead end does not exceed 6.00 meters in length. e. Construction. Walls and ceilings of corridors shall not be less than one-hour fire-resistive construction. Provided, that this requirement shall not apply to exterior exit balconies, railings, and corridors of one-storey building housing a Group E and F Occupancy occupied by one (1) tenant only and which serves an occupant load of thirty (30) or less, nor to corridors, formed by temporary partitions. Exterior exit balconies shall not project into an area where protected openings are required. f. Openings. Where corridor wall are required to be one-hour fire-resistive construction, every interior door opening shall be protected as set forth in generally recognized and accepted requirements for dual-purpose fire exit doors. Other interior openings except ventilation louvers equipped with approved automatic fire shutters shall be 7 millimeters thick fixed wire glass set in steel frames. The total area of all openings other than doors, in any portion of an interior corridor wall shall not exceed 25% of the area of the corridor wall of the room being separated from the corridor.
a. Width. Stairways serving an occupant load of more than fifty (50) shall not be less than 1.10 meters. Stairways serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or less may be 900 millimeters wide. Private stairways serving an occupant load of less than ten (10) may be 750 millimeters. Trim and handrails shall not reduce the required width by more than 100 millimeters. b. Rise and Run. The rise of every step in a stairway shall not exceed 200 millimeters and the run shall not be less than 250 millimeters. The maximum variations in the height of risers and the width of treads in any one flight shall be 5 millimeters; Except, in case of private stairways serving an occupant load of less than ten (10), the rise may be 200 millimeters and the run may be 250 millimeters, except as provided in sub-paragraph (c) below. c. Winding Stairways. In Group A Occupancy and in private stairways in Group B Occupancies, winders may be used if the required width of run is provided at a point not more than 300 millimeters from the side of the stairway where the treads are narrower but in no case shall any width of run be less than 150 millimeters at any point. d. Circular Stairways. Circular stairs may be used as an exit provided the minimum width of run is not less than 250 millimeters. All treads in any one flight between landings shall have identical dimensions within a 5 millimeters tolerance. e. Landings. Every landing shall have a dimension measured in the direction of travel equal to the width of the stairway. Such dimension need not exceed 1.20 meters when the stairs has a straight run. Landings when provided shall not be reduced in width by more than 100 millimeters by a door when fully open. f. Basement Stairways. Where a basement stairway and a stairway to an upper storey terminate in the same exit enclosure, an approved barrier shall be provided to prevent persons from continuing on to the basements. Directional exit signs shall be provided as specified in the Code. g. Distance Between Landings. There shall be not more than 3.60 meters vertical distance between landings. h. Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails on each side and every stairway required to be more than 3.00 meters in width shall be provided with not less than one intermediate handrail for each 3.00 meters of required width. Intermediate handrails shall be spaced approximately equal within the entire width of the stairway. Handrails shall be placed not less than 800 millimeters nor more than 900 millimeters above the nosing of treads, and ends of handrails shall be returned or shall terminate in newel posts or safety terminals: Except, in the following cases: Stairways 1.10 meters or less in width and stairways serving one (1) individual dwelling unit in Group A or B Occupancies may have one handrail, except that such stairway, open on one or both sides, shall have handrails provided on the open side or sides: or stairways having less than four (4) risers need not have handrails. i. Exterior Stairway Protection. All openings in the exterior wall below or within 3.00 meters, measured horizontally, of an exterior exit stairway serving a building over two storeys in height shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having a three-fourth - hour fire-resistive rating: Except, that openings may be unprotected when two separated exterior stairways serve an exterior exit balcony. j. Stairway Construction i. Stairway Construction - Interior. Interior stairways shall be constructed as specified in this Code. Where there is enclosed usable space under the stairs the walls and soffits of the enclosed space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required for one-hour fire-resistive construction. ii. Stairway Construction - Exterior. Exterior stairways shall be of incombustible material: Except, that on Type III buildings which do not exceed two storeys in height, which are located in less fire-restrictive Fire Zones, as well as on Type I buildings which may be of wood not less than 50 millimeters in nominal thickness. Exterior stairs shall be protected as required for exterior walls due to location on property as specified in the Code. Exterior stairways shall not project into an area where openings are required to be protected. Where there is enclosed usable space under stairs, the walls and soffits of the enclosed space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required for one-hour fire-resistive construction. k. Stairway to Roof. In every building four (4) or more storeys in height, one (1) stairway shall extend to the roof unless the roof has a slope greater than 1 in 3. l. Headroom. Every required stairway shall have a headroom clearance of not less than 2.00 meters. Such clearance shall be established by measuring vertically from a plane parallel and tangent to the stairway tread nosing to the soffit above all points.
a. Enclosure walls shall not be less than two-hour fire-resistive construction. There shall be no openings into exit enclosures except exit doorways and openings in exterior walls. All exit doors in an exit enclosure shall be appropriately protected. b. Stairway and ramp enclosures shall include landings and parts of floors connecting stairway flights and shall include a corridor on the ground floor leading from the stairway to the exterior of the building. Enclosed corridors or passageways are not required for unenclosed stairways. c. A stairway in an exit enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit unless an approved barrier is provided at the ground floor level to prevent persons from accidentally continuing into the basement. d. There shall be no enclosed usable space under stairways in an exit enclosure, nor shall the open space under such stairways be used for any purpose.
A smokeproof enclosure shall consist of a vestibule and a continuous stairway enclosed from the highest point to the lowest point by walls of two-hour fire-resistive construction. In buildings five (5) storeys or more in height, one of the required exits shall be a smokeproof enclosure. a. Stairs in smokeproof enclosures shall be of incombustible construction. b. There shall be no openings in smokeproof enclosures, except exit doorways and openings in exterior walls. There shall be no openings directly into the interior of the building. Access shall be through a vestibule with one (1) wall at least 50% open to the exterior and having an exit door from the interior of the building and an exit door leading to the smokeproof enclosure. In lieu of a vestibule, access may be by way of an open exterior balcony of incombustible materials. c. The opening from the building to the vestibule or balcony shall be protected with a self-closing fire assembly having one-hour fire-resistive rating. The opening from the vestibule or balcony to the stair tower shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having a one-hour fire-resistive rating. d. A smokeproof enclosure shall exit into a public way or into an exit passageway leading to a public way. The exit passageway shall be without other openings and shall have walls, floors, and ceilings of two-hour fire-resistance. e. A stairway in a smokeproof enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit unless an approved barrier is provided at a ground floor level to prevent persons from accidentally walking into the basement.
Every exit shall discharge into a public way, exit court, or exit passageway. Every exit court shall discharge into a public way or an exit passageway. Passageways shall be without openings other than required exits and shall have walls, floors, and ceilings of the same period of fire-resistance as the walls, floors and ceilings of the building but shall not be less than one-hour fire-resistive construction. a. Width Every exit court and exit passageways shall be at least as wide as the required total width of the tributary exits, such required width being based on the occupant load served. The required width of exit courts or exit passageways shall be unobstructed except as permitted in corridors. At any point where the width of an exit court is reduced from any cause, the reduction in width shall be affected gradually by a guardrail at least 900 millimeters in height. The guardrail shall make an angle of not more than 30° with the axis of the exit court. b. Slope The slope of exit courts shall not exceed 1 in 10. The slope of exit passageway shall not exceed 1 in 8. c. Number of Exits Every exit court shall be provided with exits as required in the Code. d. Openings All openings into an exit court less than 3.00 meters wide shall be protected by fire assemblies having not less than three-fourth-hour fire-resistive rating. Except, that openings more than 3.00 meters above the floor of the exit court may be unprotected.
Exits shall be illuminated at any time the building is occupied with lights having an intensity of not less than 10.7 LUX at floor level; Except, that for Group A Occupancies, the exit illumination shall be provided with separate circuits or separated sources of power (but not necessarily separate from exit signs when these are required for exit sign illumination).
Every portion of every building in which are installed seats, tables, merchandise, equipment, or similar materials shall be provided with aisles leading to an exit. a. Width Every aisle shall be not less than 800 millimeters wide if serving only one side, and not less than 1.00 meter wide if serving both sides. Such minimum width shall be measured at the point farthest from an exit, cross aisle, or foyer and shall be increased by 30 millimeters for every meter in length towards the exit, cross aisle or foyer. Side aisles shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width. b. Exit Distance In areas occupied by seats and in Groups H and I Occupancies without seats, the line of travel to an exit door by an aisle shall be not more than 45.00 meters. With standard spacing, as specified in the Code, aisles shall be so located that there will be not more than seven (7) seats between the wall and an aisle and not more than fourteen (14) seats between aisles. The number of seats between aisles may be increased to thirty (30) where exits doors are provided along each side aisle of the row of seats at the rate of one (1) pair of exit doors for every five (5) rows of seats, provided further that the distance between seats back to back is at least 1.00 meter. Such exit doors shall provide a minimum clear width of 1.70 meters. c. Cross Aisles Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer, or exit. The width of the cross aisle shall be not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisle plus 50% of the total required width of the remaining aisle leading thereto. In Groups C, H and E Occupancies, aisles shall not be provided a dead end greater than 6.00 meters in length. d. Vomitories Vomitories connecting the foyer or main exit with the cross aisles shall have a total width not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisles leading thereto plus 50% of the total required width of the remaining aisles leading thereto. e. Slope The slope portion of aisles shall not exceed a fall of 1 in 8.
a. Seat Spacing With standard seating, the spacing of rows of seats from back-to-back shall be not less than 840 millimeters. With continental seating, the spacing of rows of unoccupied seats shall provide a clear width measured horizontally, as follows: 450 millimeters clear for rows of eighteen (18) seats or less; 500 millimeters clear for rows of thirty five (35) seats or less; 525 millimeters clear for rows of forty five (45) seats or less; and 550 millimeters clear for rows of forty six (46) seats or more. b. Width The width of any seat shall be not less than 450 millimeters.
a. Height of Stands Stands made of combustible framing shall be limited to eleven (11) rows or 2.70 meters in height. b. Design Requirements The minimum unit live load for reviewing stands, grandstands, and bleachers shall be 500 kilograms per square meter of horizontal projection for the structure as a whole. Seat and footboards shall be 180 kilograms per linear meter. The sway force, applied to seats, shall be 35 kilograms per linear meter parallel to the seats and 15 kilograms per linear meter perpendicular to the seats. Sway forces need not be applied simultaneously with other lateral forces. c. Spacing of Seats i. Row Spacing The minimum spacing of rows of seats measured from back-to-back shall be: 600 millimeters for seats without backrests in open air stands; 750 millimeters for seats with backrests; and 850 millimeters for chair seating. There shall be a space of not less than 300 millimeters between the back of each seat and the front of the seat immediately behind it. ii. Rise Between Rows The maximum rise from one row of seats to the next shall not exceed 400 millimeters. iii. Seating Capacity For determining the seating capacity of a stand, the width of any seat shall not be less than 450 millimeters nor more than 480 millimeters. iv. Number of Seats Between Aisles The number of seats between any seat and an aisle shall not be greater than fifteen (15) for open air stands with seats without backrests, a far open air stands with seats having backrests and seats without backrests within buildings and six (6) for seats with backrests in buildings. d. Aisles i. Aisles Required Aisles shall be provided in all stands; Except, that aisles may be omitted when all the following conditions exist: Seats are without backrests; the rise from row to row does not exceed 300 millimeters per row; the number of rows does not exceed eleven (11) in height; the top seating board is not over 3.00 meters above grade; and the first seating board is not more than 500 millimeters above grade. ii. Obstructions No obstruction shall be placed in the required width of any aisle or exitway. iii. Stairs Required When an aisle is elevated more than 200 millimeters above grade, the aisle shall be provided with a stairway or ramp whose width is not less than the width of the aisle. iv. Dead End No vertical aisle shall have a dead end more than sixteen (16) rows in depth regardless of the number of exits required. v. Width Aisles shall have a minimum width of 1.10 meters. e. Stairs and Ramps The requirements in the Code shall apply to all stairs and ramps except for portions that pass through the seating area. i. Stair Rise and Run The maximum rise of treads shall not exceed 200 millimeters and the minimum width of the run shall be 280 millimeters. The maximum variation in the width of treads in any one (1) flight shall not be more than 5 millimeters and the maximum variation in one (1) height of two (2) adjacent rises shall not exceed 5 millimeters. ii. Ramp Slope The slope of a ramp shall not exceed 1 in 8. Ramps shall be roughened or shall be of approved non-slip material. iii. Handrails A ramp with a slope exceeding 1 in 10 shall have handrails. Stairs for stands shall have handrails. Handrails shall conform to the requirements of the Code. f. Guardrails i. Guardrails shall be required in all locations where the top of a seat plank is more than 1.20 meters above the grade and at the front of stands elevated more than 600 millimeters above grade. Where only sections of stands are used, guardrails shall be provided as required in the Code. ii. Railings shall be 1.10 meters above the rear of a seat plank or 1.10 meters above the rear of the steps in an aisle when the guardrail is parallel and adjacent to the aisle; Except, that the height may be reduced to 900 millimeters for guardrails located in front of the grandstand. iii. A midrail shall be placed adjacent to any seat to limit the open distance above the top of any part of a seat to 250 millimeters where the seat is at the extreme end or at the extreme rear of the bleachers or grandstand. The intervening space shall have one additional rail midway in the opening; Except, that railings may be omitted when stands are placed directly against a wall or fence giving equivalent protection; stairs and ramps shall be provided with guardrails. Handrails at the front of stands and adjacent to an aisle shall be g. Foot Boards Footboards shall be provided for all rows of seats above the third (3rd) row or beginning at such point where the seating plank is more than 600 millimeters above grade. h. Exits i. Distance to Exit The line of travel to an exit shall not be more than 45.00 meters. For stands with seats without backseats, this distance may be measured by direct line from a seat to the exit from the stand. ii. Aisle Used as Exit An aisle may be considered as only one (1) exit unless it is continuous at both ends to a legal building exit or to a safe dispersal area. iii. Two (2) Exits Required A stand with the first (1st) seating board not more than 500 millimeters above grade of floor may be considered to have two (2) exits when the bottom of the stand is open at both ends. Every stand or section of a stand within a building shall have at least two means of egress when the stand accommodates more than fifty (50) persons. Every open air stand having seats without backrests shall have at least two (2) means of egress when the stand accommodates more than three hundred (300) persons. iv. Three (3) Exits Required Three (3) exits shall be required for stands within a building when there are more than 300 occupants within a stand and for open air stands with seats without backrests where a stand or section of a stand accommodates more than one thousand (1000) occupants. v. Four (4) Exits Required Four (4) exits shall be required when a stand or section of a stand accommodates more than 1000 occupants; Except, that for an open air stand with seats without backrest four (4) exits need not be provided unless there are accommodations for more than three thousand (3000) occupants. vi. Width The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load served divided by one hundred sixty five (165); Except, that for open air stands with seats without backrest the total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load served divided by five hundred (500) when exiting by stairs, and divided by six hundred fifty (650) when exiting by ramps or horizontally. When both horizontal and stair exits are used, the total width of exits shall be determined by using both figures as applicable. No exit shall be less than 1.10 meters in width. Exits shall be located at a reasonable distance apart. When only two (2) exits are provided, they shall be spaced not less than one-fifth (1/5) of the perimeter apart. i. Securing of Chairs Chairs and benches used on raised stands shall be secured to the platforms upon which they are placed; Except, that when less than twenty five (25) chairs are used upon a single raised platform the fastening of seats to the platform may be omitted. When more than five hundred (500) loose chairs are used in connection with athletic events, chairs shall be fastened together in groups of not less than three (3), and shall be tied or staked to the ground. j. Safe Dispersal Area Each safe dispersal area shall have at least two (2) exits. If more than six thousand (6000) persons are to be accommodated within such an area, there shall be a minimum of three (3) exits, and for more than nine thousand (9000) persons there shall be a minimum of four (4) exits. The aggregate clear width of exits from a safe dispersal area shall be determined on the basis of not less than one (1) exit unit of 600 millimeters for each five hundred (500) persons to be accommodated and no exit shall be less than 1.10 meters in width, a reasonable distance apart that shall be spaced not less than one-fifth (1/5) of the perimeter of the area apart from each other.
a. Boiler Rooms Except in Group A Occupancies, every boiler room and every room containing an incinerator or liquefied petroleum gas or liquid fuel-fired equipment shall be provided with at least two (2) means of egress, one of which may be a ladder. All interior openings shall be protected as provided for in the Code. b. Cellulose Nitrate Handling Film laboratories, projection rooms, and nitro-cellulose processing rooms shall have not less than two exits.
Walls and floors in bay and oriel windows shall conform to the construction allowed for exterior walls and floors of the type of construction of the building to which they are attached. The roof covering of a bay or oriel window shall conform to the requirements of the roofing of the main roof. Exterior balconies attached to or supported by wall required to be of masonry, shall have brackets or beams constructed of incombustible materials. Railings shall be provided for balconies, landings, or porches which are more than 750 millimeters above grade.
No penthouse or other projection above the roof in structures of other than Type V construction shall exceed 8.40 meters above the roof when used as an enclosure for tanks or for elevators which run to the roof and in all other cases shall not extend more than 3.60 meters in height with the roof.
The aggregate area of all penthouses and other roof structures shall not exceed one third (1/3) of the area of the supporting roof.
No penthouse, bulkhead, or any other similar projection above the roof shall be used for purposes other than shelter of mechanical equipment or shelter of vertical shaft openings in the roof. A penthouse or bulkhead used for purposes other than that allowed by this Section shall conform to the requirements of the Code for an additional storey.
Roof structures shall be constructed with walls, floors, and roof as required for the main portion of the building except in the following cases: a. On Types III and IV constructions, the exterior walls and roofs of penthouses which are 1.50 meters or more from an adjacent property line may be of one-hour fire-resistive incombustible construction. b. Walls not less than 1.50 meters from an exterior wall of a Type IV construction may be of one-hour fire-resistive incombustible construction. The above restrictions shall not prohibit the placing of wood flagpoles or similar structures on the roof of any building.
Towers and spires when enclosed shall have exterior walls as required for the building to which they are attached. Towers not enclosed and which extend more than 20.00 meters above the grade shall have their framework constructed of iron, steel, or reinforced concrete. No tower or spire shall occupy more than one-fourth (1/4) of the street frontage of any building to which it is attached and in no case shall the base area exceed 150.00 sq. meters unless it conforms entirely to the type of construction requirements of the building to which it is attached and is limited in height as a main part of the building. If the area of the tower and spire exceeds 10.00 sq. meters on any horizontal cross section, its supporting frames shall extend directly to the ground. The roof covering of the spires shall be as required for the main room of the rest of the structure. Skeleton towers used as radio masts, neon signs, or advertisement frames and placed on the roof of any building shall be constructed entirely of incombustible materials when more than 7.50 meters in height and shall be directly supported on an incombustible framework to the ground. No such skeleton towers shall be supported on roofs of combustible framings. They shall be designed to withstand a wind load from any direction in addition to any other loads.
a. Structural Design Chimneys shall be designed, anchored, supported, reinforced, constructed, and installed in accordance with generally accepted principles of engineering. Every chimney shall be capable of producing a draft at the appliance not less than that required for the safe operation of the appliance connected thereto. No chimney shall support any structural load other than its own weight unless it is designed to act as a supporting member. Chimneys in a wood-framed building shall be anchored laterally at the ceiling line and at each floor line which is more than 1.80 meters above grade, except when entirely within the framework or when designed to be free standing. b. Walls Every masonry chimney shall have walls of masonry units, bricks, stones, listed masonry chimney units, reinforced concrete or equivalent solid thickness of hollow masonry and lined with suitable liners in accordance with the following requirements: i. Masonry Chimneys for Residential Type Appliances Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete with walls not less than 100 millimeters thick; or of rubble stone masonry not less than 300 millimeters thick. The chimney liner shall be in accordance with the Code. ii. Masonry Chimneys for Low Heat Appliances Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete with walls not less than 200 millimeters thick; Except, that rubble stone masonry shall be not less than 300 millimeters thick. The chimney liner shall be in accordance with the Code. iii. Masonry Chimneys for Medium-Heat Appliances Masonry chimneys for medium-heat appliances shall be constructed of solid masonry units or reinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters thick, Except, that stone masonry shall be not less than 300 millimeters thick and, in addition shall be lined with not less than 100 millimeters of firebrick laid in a solid bed of fire clay mortar with solidly filled head, bed, and wall joints, starting not less than 600 millimeters below the chimney connector entrance. Chimneys extending 7.50 meters or less above the chimney connector shall be lined to the top. iv. Masonry Chimneys for High-Heat Appliances Masonry chimneys for high-heat appliances shall be constructed with double walls of solid masonry units or reinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters in thickness, with an air space of not less than 50 millimeters between walls. The inside of the interior walls shall be of firebrick not less than 100 millimeters in thickness laid in a solid bed of fire clay mortar with solidly filled head, bed, and wall joints. v. Masonry Chimneys for incinerators installed in Multi-Storey Buildings (Apartment-Type Incinerators) Chimneys for incinerators installed in multi-storey buildings using the chimney passageway as a refuse chute where the horizontal grate area of combustion chamber does not exceed 0.80 sq. meter shall have walls of solid masonry or reinforced concrete, not less than 100 millimeters thick with a chimney lining as specified in the Code. If the grate area of such an incinerator exceeds 0.80 sq. meter, the walls shall not be less than 100 millimeters of firebrick except that higher than 9.00 meters above the roof of the combustion chamber, common brick alone 200 millimeters in thickness may be used. vi. Masonry Chimneys for Commercial and Industrial Type Incinerators Masonry chimneys for commercial and industrial type incinerators of a size designed for not more than 110 kilograms of refuse per hour and having a horizontal grate area not exceeding 0.50 sq. meter shall have walls of solid masonry or reinforced concrete not less than 100 millimeters thick with lining of not less than 100 millimeters of firebrick, which lining shall extend for not less than 12.00 meters above the roof of the combustion chamber. If the design capacity of grate area of such an incinerator exceeds 110 kilograms per hour and 0.80 sq. meter respectively, walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters thick, lined with not less than 100 millimeters of firebrick extending the full height of the chimney. c. Linings Fire clay chimney lining shall not be less than 15 millimeters thick. The lining shall extend from 200 millimeters below the lowest inlet or, in the case of fireplace, from the throat of the fireplace to a point above enclosing masonry walls. Fire clay chimney linings shall be installed ahead of the construction of the chimney as it is carried up, carefully bedded one on the other in fire clay mortar, with close-fitting joints left smooth on the inside. Firebrick not less than 500 millimeters thick may be used in place of fire clay chimney. d. Area No chimney passageway shall be smaller in area than the vent connection of the appliance attached thereto. e. Height Every masonry chimney shall extend at least 600 millimeters above the part of the roof through which it passes and at least 600 millimeters above the highest elevation of any part of a building within 3.00 meters to the chimney. f. Corbeling No masonry chimney shall be corbeled from a wall more than 150 millimeters nor shall a masonry chimney be corbeled from a wall which is less than 300 millimeters in thickness unless it projects equally on each side of the wall. In the second (2nd) storey of a two-storey building of Group A Occupancy, corbeling of masonry chimneys on the exterior of the enclosing walls may equal the wall thickness. In every case the corbeling shall not exceed 25 millimeters projection for each course of brick. g. Change in Size or Shape No change in the size or shape of a masonry chimney shall be made within a distance of 150 millimeters above or below the roof joints or rafters where the chimney passes through the roof. h. Separation When more than one passageway is contained in the same chimney, masonry separation at least 100 millimeters thick bonded into the masonry wall of the chimney shall be provided to separate passageways. i. Inlets Every inlet to any masonry chimney shall enter the side thereof and shall be of not less than 3 millimeters thick metal or 16 millimeters refractory material. j. Clearance Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of smoke chamber or masonry chimney walls when built within a structure, or within 25 millimeters when the chimney is built entirely outside the structure. k. Termination All incinerator chimneys shall terminate in a substantially constructed spark arrester having a mesh not exceeding 20 millimeters. l. Cleanouts Cleanout openings shall be provided at the base of every masonry chimney. Fireplaces and Barbecues Fireplaces, barbecues, smoke chambers, and fireplace chimneys shall be of solid masonry or reinforced concrete and shall conform to the minimum requirements specified in the Code. a. Fireplace Walls Walls of fireplaces shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Walls of fireboxes shall not be less than 250 millimeters in thickness; Except, that where a lining of firebrick is used, such walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. The firebox shall not be less than 500 millimeters in depth. The maximum thickness of joints in firebrick shall be 10 millimeters. b. Hoods Metal hoods used as part of a fireplace or barbecue shall be not less than No. 18 gauge copper, galvanized iron, or other equivalent corrosion-resistant ferrous metal with all seams and connections of smokeproof unsoldered construction. The hoods shall be sloped at an angle of 45° or less from the vertical and shall extend horizontally at least 150 millimeters beyond the limits of the firebox. Metal hoods shall be kept a minimum of 400 millimeters from combustible materials. c. Circulators Approved metal heat circulators may be installed in fireplaces. d. Smoke Chamber Front and side walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Smoke chamber back walls shall not be less than 150 millimeters in thickness. e. Fireplace Chimneys Walls of chimneys without flue lining shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Walls of chimneys with flue lining shall not be less than 100 millimeters in thickness and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Code. f. Clearance to Combustible Materials Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of fireplace, smoke chamber, or chimney walls when built entirely within a structure, or within 25 millimeters when the chimney is built entirely outside the structure. Combustible materials shall not be placed within 150 millimeters of the fireplace opening. No such combustible material within 300 millimeters of the fireplace opening shall project more than 3 millimeters for each 25 millimeters clearance from such opening. No part of metal hoods used as part of a fireplace, barbecue or heating stoves shall be less than 400 millimeters from combustible material. This clearance may be reduced to the minimum requirements set forth in the Code. g. Area of Flues, Throats, and Dampers The net cross-sectional area of the flue and of the throat between the firebox and the smoke chamber of a fireplace shall not be less than the requirements to be set forth by the Secretary. Where dampers are used, they shall be of not less than No. 12 gauge metal. When fully opened, damper opening shall be not less than 90% of the required flue area. When fully open, damper blades shall not extend beyond the line of the inner face of the flue. h. Lintel Masonry over the fireplace opening shall be supported by a non-combustible lintel. i. Hearth Every fireplace shall be provided with a brick, concrete, stone, or other approved non-combustible hearth slab at least 300 millimeters wider on each side than the fireplace opening and projecting at least 450 millimeters therefrom. This slab shall not be less than 100 millimeters thick and shall be supported by a noncombustible material or reinforced to carry its own weight and all imposed loads.
a. In every storey, basement or cellar with an area of 200.00 sq. meters or more which is used for habitation, recreation, dining, study, or work, and which has an occupant load of more than twenty (20). b. In all dressing rooms, rehearsal rooms, workshops or factories, and other rooms with an occupant load of more than ten (10) or assembly halls under Group H and I Occupancies with an occupant load of more than five hundred (500), and if the next doors of said rooms are more than 30.00 meters from the nearest safe fire dispersal area of the building or opening to an exit court or street. c. In all rooms used for storage or handling of photographic x-ray nitrocellulose films and other inflammable articles.
a. Construction and Tests – Dry standpipes shall be of wrought iron or galvanized steel and together with fittings and connections shall be of sufficient strength to withstand 20 kilograms per square centimeter of water pressure when ready for service, without leaking at the joints, valves, or fittings. Tests shall be conducted by the owner or the building contractor in the presence of a representative of the Building Official whenever deemed necessary for the purpose of certification of its proper function. b. Size – Dry standpipes shall be of such size as to be capable of delivering 900 liters of water per minute from each of any three (3) outlets simultaneously under the pressure created by one (1) fire engine or pumper based on the standard equipment available. c. Number Required – Every building four (4) or more storeys in height where the area of any floor above the third (3rd) floor is 950 sq. meters or less, shall be equipped with at least one (1) dry standpipe and an additional standpipe shall be installed for each additional 950 sq. meters or fraction thereof. d. Location – Standpipes shall be located within enclosed stairway landings or near such stairways as possible or immediately inside of an exterior wall and within 300 millimeters of an opening in a stairway enclosure of the balcony or vestibule of a smokeproof tower or an outside exit stairway. e. Siamese Connections – Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (b) all 100 millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way Siamese fire department connection. All 125 millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with a three-way Siamese fire department connection, and 150 millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with four-way Siamese fire department connections. All Siamese inlet connections shall be located on a street-front of the building and not less than 300 millimeters nor more than 1.20 meters above the grade and shall be equipped with a clapper-checks and substantial plugs. All Siamese inlet connections shall be recessed in the wall or otherwise substantially protected. f. Outlets – All dry standpipes shall extend from the ground floor to and over the roof and shall be equipped with a 63 millimeters outlet nor more than 1.20 meters above the floor level at each storey. All dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way 63 millimeters outlet above the roof. All outlets shall be equipped with gate valves. g. Signs – An iron or bronze sign with raised letters at least 25 millimeters high shall be rigidly attached to the building adjacent to all Siamese connections and such signs shall read: “CONNECTION TO DRY STANDPIPE”.
a. Construction – Interior wet standpipes shall be constructed of the same materials as those required for dry standpipes. b. Size i. Interior wet standpipes shall have an internal diameter sufficient to deliver 190 liters of water per minute under 2.00 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at the hose connections. Buildings of Group H and I Occupancy shall have wet standpipes systems capable of delivering the required quantity and pressure from any two (2) outlets simultaneously; for all other Occupancies only one (1) outlet need be figured to be opened at one time. In no case shall the internal diameter of a wet standpipe be less than 50 millimeters, except when the standpipe is attached to an automatic fire-extinguishing system. ii. Any approved formula which determines pipe sizes on a pressure drop basis may be used to determine pipe size for wet standpipe systems. The Building Official may require discharge capacity and pressure tests on completed wet standpipe systems. c. Number required – The number of wet standpipes when required in the Code shall be so determined that all portions of the building are within 6.00 meters of a nozzle attached to a hose 23.00 meters in length. d. Location – In Group H and I Occupancies, outlets shall be located as follows: one (1) on each side of the stage, one (1) at the rear of the auditorium, and one (1) at the rear of the balcony. Where occupant loads are less than five hundred (500) the above requirements may be waived; Provided, that portable fire extinguishers of appropriate capacity and type are installed within easy access from the said locations. In Group B, C, D, E, F and G Occupancies, the location of all interior wet standpipes shall be in accordance with the requirement for dry standpipes; Provided, that at least one (1) standpipe is installed to cover not more than 650 sq. meters. e. Outlets. All interior wet standpipes shall be equipped with a 38 millimeter valve in each storey, including the basement or cellar of the building, and located not less than 300 millimeters nor more than 1.20 meters above the floor. f. Threads. All those threads used in connection with the installation of such standpipes, including valves and reducing fittings shall be uniform with that prescribed by the Secretary. g. Water Supply. All interior wet standpipes shall be connected to a street main not less than 100 millimeters in diameter, or when the water pressure is insufficient, to a water tank of sufficient size as provided in subparagraph (h). When more than one (1) interior wet standpipe is required in the building, such standpipe shall be connected at their bases or at their tops by pipes of equal size. h. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – Tanks shall have a capacity sufficient to furnish at least 1,500 liters per minute for a period of not less than 10 minutes. Such tanks shall be located so as to provide not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at the topmost hose outlet for its entire supply. Discharge pipes from pressure tanks shall extend 50 millimeters into and above the bottom of such tanks. All tanks shall be tested in place after installation and proved tight at a hydrostatic pressure 50% in excess of the working pressure required. Where such tanks are used for domestic purposes the supply pipe for such purposes shall be located at or above the center line of such tanks. Incombustible supports shall be provided for all such supply tanks and not less than a 900 millimeters clearance shall be maintained over the top and under the bottom of all pressure tanks. i. Fire pumps. Fire pumps shall have a capacity of not less than 1,000 liters per minute with a pressure not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter at the topmost hose outlet. The source of supply for such pump shall be a street water main of not less than 100 millimeters diameter or a well or cistern containing a one-hour supply. Such pumps shall be supplied with an adequate source of power and shall be automatic in operation. j. Hose and Hose Reels – Each hose outlet of all interior wet standpipes shall be supplied with a hose not less than 38 millimeters in diameter. Such hose shall be equipped with a suitable brass or bronze nozzle and shall be not over 23.00 meters in length. An approved standard form of wall hose reel or rack shall be provided for the hose and shall be located so as to make the hose readily accessible at all times and shall be recessed in the walls or protected by suitable cabinets.
a. Material – All basement pipe inlets shall be of cast iron, steel, brass, or bronze with lids of cast brass or bronze and shall consist of a sleeve not less than 200 millimeters in diameter through the floor extending to and flush with the ceiling below and with a top flange, recessed with an inside shoulder, to receive the lid and flush with the finished floor surface. The lid shall be a solid casting and shall have a ring lift recessed on the top thereof, so as to be flushed. The lid shall have the words "FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT ONLY, DO NOT COVER UP" cast on the top thereof. The lid shall be installed in such a manner as to permit its removal readily from the inlet. b. Location. Basement pipe inlets shall be strategically located and kept readily accessible at all times to the Fire Department.
a. Opening Action – Ventilators shall open by spring action or force of gravity sufficient to overcome the effects of neglect, rust, dirt, or expansion by heat or warping of the framework. b. Glass – Glass, if used in ventilators, must be protected against falling on the stage. A wire screen, if used under the glass, must be so placed that if clogged it cannot reduce the required ventilating area or interfere with the operating mechanism or obstruct the distribution of water from the automatic fire extinguishing systems. c. Design – Ventilators, penthouses, and supporting framework shall be designed in accordance with the Code. d. Spring Actuation – Springs, when employed to actuate ventilator doors, shall be capable of maintaining full required tension indefinitely. Springs shall not be stressed more than 50% of their rated capacity and shall not be located directly in the air stream, nor exposed to elements. e. Location of Fusible Links – A fusible link shall be placed in the cable control system on the underside of the ventilator at or above the roof line or as approved by the Building Official, and shall be so located as not to be affected by the operation of fire-extinguishing systems. f. Control – Remote, manual or electrical control shall provide for both opening and closing of the ventilator doors for periodic testing and shall be located at a point on the stage designated by the Building Official. When remote control of ventilator is electrical, power failure shall not affect its instant operation in the event of fire. Hand winches may be employed to facilitate operation of manually controlled ventilators.
a. Gridirons, fly galleries, and pin-rails shall be constructed of incombustible materials and fire protection of steel and iron may be omitted. Gridirons and fly galleries shall be designed to support a live load of not less than 367 kilograms per sq. meter. Each loft block well shall be designed to support 373 kilograms per linear meter and the head block well shall be designed to support the aggregate weight of all the loft block wells served. The head block well must be provided with an adequate strongback or lateral brace to offset torque. b. The main counterweight sheave beam shall be designed to support a horizontal and vertical uniformly distributed live load sufficient to accommodate the weight imposed by the total number of loft blocks in the gridiron. The sheave blocks shall be designed to accommodate the maximum load for the loft or head blocks served with a safety factor of five (5).
a. **Ports Required** – There shall be provided for each motion picture projector not more than one (1) projection port, which shall be limited in area to 750 sq. centimeters, and not more than one (1) observation port, which shall be limited in area to 1,300 sq. centimeters. There shall be not more than three (3) combination ports, each of which shall not exceed 750 millimeters by 600 millimeters. Each port opening shall be completely covered with a pane of glass; Except, that when acetate safety film is used, projection ports may be increased in size to an area not to exceed 4,500 sq. centimeters. b. **Shutters** – Each port and every other opening in projection room walls, including, any fresh-air inlets but excluding exit doors and exhaust ducts, shall be provided with a shutter of not less than 2.4 millimeters thick sheet metal or its equivalent large enough to overlap at least 25 millimeters on all sides of such openings. Shutters shall be arranged to slide without binding in guides constructed of material equal to the shutters in strength and fire-resistance. Each shutter shall be equipped with a 74° fusible link, which when fused by heat will cause closure of the shutter by gravity. Shutters of a size greater than 1,300 sq. centimeters shall be equipped with a counter-balance. There shall also be a fusible link located over the upper magazine of each projector, which upon operating, will close all the shutters. In addition, there shall be provided suitable means for manually closing all shutters simultaneously from any projector head and from a point within the projection room near each exit door. Shutters on openings not in use shall be kept closed; Except, that shutters may be omitted when only acetate safety film is used.
a. **Inlet** – A fresh-air inlet from the exterior of the building not less than 900 sq. centimeters and protected with wire netting, shall be installed within 50 millimeters of the floor in every projection room, the source of which shall be remote from other outside vents or flues. b. **Outlets** – Ventilation shall be provided by one (1) or more mechanical exhaust systems which shall draw air from each arc lamp housing to out-doors either directly or through an incombustible flue used for no other purpose. Exhaust capacity shall be not less than 0.50 cu. meter nor more than 1.40 cu. meter per minute for each arc lamp plus 5.60 cu. meters for the room itself. Systems shall be controlled from within the enclosure and shall have pilot lights to indicate operation. The exhaust systems serving the projection room may be extended to cover rooms associated therewith such as rewind rooms. No dampers shall be installed in such exhaust systems. Ventilation of these rooms shall not be connected in any way with ventilation or air-conditioning systems serving other portions of the building. Exhaust ducts shall be of incombustible material. and shall either be kept 25 millimeters from combustible material or covered with 10 millimeters of incombustible heat-insulating material.
The installation of lath, plaster and gypsum wall board shall conform to the fire-resistive rating requirements and the type of construction of building. RULE XIII - ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REGULATIONS
All electrical systems, equipment and installations mentioned in the Code shall conform to the provisions of the Philippine Electrical Code Part 1 (PEC-1) and Part 2 (PEC-2), as adopted by the Board of Electrical Engineering pursuant to Republic Act 7920, otherwise known as the Philippine Electrical Engineering Law.
In Subdivisions, Housing Projects, Commercial and Industrial Buildings, overhead transmission and distribution voltages are required to supply power source including transformers, poles and supporting structures.
a. An Attachment Plan approved by professional electrical engineer shall cover power lines and cables, transformers and other electrical equipment installed on or in buildings and shall be submitted to the local Building Official. b. Where building/s exceed 15.00 meters in height, overhead lines shall be arranged where practicable so that clear space or zone at least 1.80 meters (horizontal) will be left adjacent to the building or beginning not over 2.45 meters (horizontal) from the building, to facilitate the raising of ladders where necessary for fire fighting. EXCEPTION: This requirement does not apply where it is the rule of the local fire department to exclude the use of ladders in alleys or other restricted places, which are generally occupied by supply lines.
Where the permanent attachment of open supply conductors to any class of buildings is necessary for service entrance, such conductors shall meet the following requirements: a. Conductors of more than 300 volts to ground shall not be carried along or near the surface of the building unless they are guarded or made inaccessible. b. To promote safety to the general public and to employees not authorized to approach conductors and other current-carrying parts of electric supply lines, such parts shall be arranged so as to provide adequate clearance from the ground or other space generally accessible, or shall be provided with guards so as to isolate persons effectively from accidental contact. c. Ungrounded service conduits, metal fixtures and similar noncurrent-carrying parts, if located in urban districts and where liable to become charged to more than 300 volts to ground, shall be isolated or guarded so as not to be exposed to accidental contact by unauthorized persons. As an alternative to isolation or guarding noncurrent-carrying parts shall be solidly or effectively grounded. d. Service drops passing over a roof shall be securely supported by substantial structures. Where practicable, such supports shall be independent of the building.
a. Unguarded or accessible supply conductors carrying voltages in excess of 300 volts may be either beside or over buildings. The vertical or horizontal clearance to any buildings or its attachments (balconies, platforms, etc.) shall be as listed in Table XIII.1. The horizontal clearance governs above the roof level to the point where the diagonal equals the vertical clearance requirements. This Rule should not be interpreted as restricting the installation of a trolley contact conductor over the approximate centerline of the track it serves. (Figure XIII.1.) b. Supply conductors of 300 volts or more, when placed near enough to windows, verandas, fire escapes, or other ordinarily accessible places, shall be properly guarded by grounded conduit and barriers. c. Where the required clearances cannot be obtained, supply conductors shall be grouped or bundled and supported by grounded messenger wires.
a. Service drop conductors shall not be readily accessible and when not in excess of 600 volts, shall conform to the following: i. Conductors shall have a clearance of not less than 2.50 meters from the highest point of roofs over which they pass with the following exceptions:
Where the voltage between conductors does not exceed 300 volts and the roof has a slope of not less than 100 millimeters in 300 millimeters, the clearance may not be less than 1.00 meter.
Service drop conductors of 300 volts or less which do not pass over other than a maximum of 1.20 meters of the overhanging portion of the roof for the purpose of terminating at a through-the-roof service raceway or approved support may be maintained at a minimum of 500 millimeters from any portion of the roof over which they pass. b. Conductors shall have a clearance of not less than 3.00 meters from the ground or from any platform or projection from which they might be reached. c. Conductors shall have a horizontal clearance of not less than 1.00 meter from windows, doors, porches, fire escapes, or similar locations and shall be run less than 1.00 meter above the top level of a window or opening. d. Service drop conductors, when crossing a street, shall have a clearance of not less than 5.50 meters from the crown of the street or sidewalk over which it passes; and shall have a minimum clearance of 3.00 meters above ground at its point of attachment to the building or pedestal. e. No parts of swimming and wading pools shall be placed under existing service drop conductors or any other overhead wiring; nor shall such wiring be installed above the following: i. Swimming and wading pools and the area extending 3.00 meters outward horizontally from the inside of the walls of the pool; ii. Diving structures; iii. Observation stands, towers or platforms. TABLE XIII.1. Clearance of Wires, Conductors, Cables and Unguarded Rigid Energized Parts Adjacent but not Attached to Buildings and Other Installations Except Bridges | Clearance of | Insulated Communication conductors and cables; messengers; surge protection wires; grounded guys; neutral conductors (mm) | Supply cables of 0 to 750 V (mm) | Unguarded rigid energized parts, 0 to 750 V; non-insulated communication conductors (mm) | Supply cables over 750 V; open supply conductors, 0 to 750 V (mm) | Open supply conductors, over 750 V to 22 kV (mm) | Unguarded rigid energized parts, over 750 V to 22 kV (mm) | |--------------|------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------| | 1. Buildings | | | | | | | | a. Horizontal| | | | | | | | (1) To walls, projection and guarded windows | 1400 | 1500 | 1500 | 1700 | 2300 | 2000 | | (2) To unguarded windows | 1400 | 1500 | 1500 | 1700 | 2300 | 2000 | | (3) To balconies and areas readily accessible | 1400 | 1500 | 1500 | 1700 | 2300 | 2000 | | b. Vertical | | | | | | | | (1) Over or under roofs or projections not readily accessible to pedestrians | 900 | 1070 | 3000 | 3200 | 3800 | 3600 | | (2) Over or under balconies and roofs readily accessible to pedestrians | 3200 | 3400 | 3400 | 3500 | 4100 | 4000 | | (3) Over roofs accessible to vehicles but not subject to truck traffic | 3200 | 3400 | 3400 | 3500 | 4100 | 4000 | | (4) Over roofs accessible to truck traffic | 4700 | 4900 | 4900 | 5000 | 5600 | 5500 | | 2. Signs, chimneys, billboards, radio and television antennas, and other installations not classified as buildings or bridges | | | | | | | | a. Horizontal| 900 | 1070 | 1500 | 1700 | 2300 | 2000 | | b. Vertical over or under | 900 | 1070 | 1700 | 1800 | 2450 | 2300 | H – Minimum horizontal clearance V – Minimum vertical clearance, measured either diagonally or vertically V₁ - Transition Where: V₁ = V Figure XIII.1. CLEARANCE DIAGRAM FOR BUILDING
Service entrance conductors extending along the exterior or entering buildings or other structures shall be installed in rigid steel conduit or concrete encased plastic conduit from point of service drop to meter base and from meter base to the disconnecting equipment. However, where the service entrance conductors are protected by approved fuses or breakers at their terminals (immediately after the service drop or lateral) they may be installed in any of the recognized wiring methods as provided by PEC-1. a. Abandoned lines and/or portions of lines no longer required to provide service shall be removed. b. Power pole, lines, service drop and other line equipment shall be free from any attachment for antennas, signs, streamers and the like.
a. Oil-insulated transformers rated more than 15 kV between conductors shall be installed inside a transformer vault. b. Dry-type and other transformers with non-flammable insulation shall be installed in a transformer room. c. Transformers shall be guarded as follows: i. Appropriate provisions shall be made to minimize the possibility of damage to transformers from external causes where the transformers are located exposed to physical damage. ii. Dry-type transformers shall be provided with a non-combustible moisture resistant case or enclosure which will provide reasonable protection against accidental insertion of foreign objects. iii. The transformer installation shall conform to the provisions for guarding of live parts in PEC-1. iv. The operating voltage of exposed live parts of transformer installations shall be indicated by signs or visible markings on the equipment or structures.
a. A transformer vault when required, shall be constructed in accordance with PEC-1 latest edition. c. Transformers and transformer vaults shall be accessible only to qualified personnel for inspection and maintenance. d. Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the transformer vault.
a. This applies to installation of capacitors on electric circuits in buildings. EXCEPTION:
b. Installation of capacitors in which any single unit contains more than 11 liters of flammable liquid shall be in a vault or outdoor fence enclosures complying with PEC-1. c. Capacitors shall be protected from physical damage by location or by suitable fences, barriers or other enclosures. d. Capacitors shall be provided with non-combustible cases and supports.
a. Shall provide electric power for the safety to life and property when normal electric power supply is interrupted. b. Shall have adequate capacity for the operation of the emergency load. c. For hospitals, the transition time to transfer power supply from the instant of interruption of normal power supply to the emergency supply shall not exceed 10 seconds.
a. An adequate space or area shall be provided at load centers where panel boards, breakers, switchgears and other electrical equipment are installed.
a. An adequate space or area shall be provided for the service equipment that shall be located in a readily accessible area, either inside or the outside walls of the building.
a. Metering Vault, when required for primary service, shall be provided with natural or artificial ventilation. b. Metering space shall be provided for single metering or multi-metering centers for secondary service.
All prime movers, machines and machine parts, power transmission equipment shall be so guarded, shielded, fenced or enclosed to protect any person against exposure to or accidental contact with dangerous moving parts.
a. Adequate means like ladders, stairs or platforms shall be provided for cranes having revolving cabs or machine houses, to permit the operator to enter or leave the crane cab and reach the ground safely, irrespective of its position. If a step-over is provided, the gap must not exceed 300 millimeters. b. A gong or other effective warning device shall be mounted on each cage or cab. c. Temporary crane operation without warning device may be allowed provided there is a flagman whose sole duty is to warn those in the path of the crane or its load. d. The maximum rated load of all cranes shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane. If the crane has more than one hoisting unit, each hoist shall have marked on it or its load block, its rated capacity clearly legible from the ground or floor.
a. Operating control shall be plainly marked to indicate the direction of travel and provided with an effective warning device. b. Each hoist designed to lift its load vertically shall have its rated load legibly marked on the hoist or load block or at some easily visible space. c. A stop, which shall operate automatically, shall be provided at each switch, dead end rail or turntable to prevent the trolley running off when the switch is open. d. Each electric hoist motor shall be provided with electrically or mechanically operated brake so arranged that the brake will be applied automatically when the power is cut off from the hoist.
Elevators shall be installed in all private and public buildings for public use accessible to disabled persons, pursuant to the objectives of Batas Pambansa Bilang 344 (Accessibility Law). a. Hoistway for elevators shall be substantially enclosed throughout their height, with no openings allowed except for necessary doors, windows or skylights. b. Ropes, wires or pipes shall not be installed in hoistways, except when necessary for the operation of the elevators. c. Hoistway pits shall be of such depth that when the car rests on the fully compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than 600 millimeters remains between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit. d. When four (4) or more elevators serve all or the same portion of a building, they shall be located in not less than two (2) hoistways and in no case shall more than four (4) elevators be located in any one hoistway. e. Where a machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of a hoistway, it shall be constructed with sufficient room for repair and inspection. Access shall be by means of an iron ladder or stairs when the room is more than 600 millimeters above the adjacent floor or roof surface. The angle of inclination of such ladder or stairs shall not exceed 60° from the horizontal. This room shall not be used as living quarters or depository of other materials and shall be provided with adequate ventilation. f. Minimum number of hoisting ropes shall be three (3) for traction elevators and two (2) for drum type elevators. g. The minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes shall be 30 millimeters. h. Elevators shall be provided with Fall-Free Safety Device, over-load switch and reverse polarity relay. i. In apartments or residential condominiums of five (5) storeys or more, at least one (1) passenger elevator shall be kept on twenty-four (24) hour constant service.
a. The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed 30° from the horizontal. b. The width between balustrades shall not be less than 560 millimeters nor more than 1.20 meters. This width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than 300 millimeters. c. Solid balustrades of incombustible material shall be provided on each side of the moving steps. If made of glass, it shall be of tempered type glass. d. The rated speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than 38 meters per minute.
a. Location of Boilers i. Boilers may be located inside buildings provided that the boiler room is of reinforced concrete or masonry and that the boiler room shall not be used for any other purpose. No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1.00 meter from any wall and shall have at least two (2) separate exits. ii. In case the main building is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside the building at a distance of not less than 3.00 meters from the outside wall of the main building and the building housing the boiler shall be made up of fire-resistive materials. b. Smokestacks, whether self-supporting or guyed, shall be of sufficient capacity to handle fuel gases, shall be able to withstand a wind load of 175 kilometers per hour and shall rise at least 5.00 meters above the eaves of any building within a radius of 50.00 meters. c. Manufacturers/assemblers of boilers/pressure vessels/pressurized water heaters shall stamp each vessel on the front head or on any other suitable location with the name of the manufacturer, serial number, year of manufacture maximum allowable working pressure, heating surface in sq. meters, and thickness of shell. d. Boilers of more than 46.00 sq. meters heating surface shall each be provided with two (2) means of feeding water, one (1) steam driven and one (1) electrically driven, or one (1) pump and one (1) injector. e. Two (2) check valves shall be provided between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve. f. Where two (2) or more boilers are connected in parallel, each steam outlet shall be provided with a non-return valve and a shut-off valve. g. In no case shall the maximum pressure of an existing boiler be increased to a greater pressure than would be allowed for a new boiler of same construction. h. Each boiler shall have at least one (1) safety valve. For boilers having more than 46.00 sq. meters of water heating surface or a generating capacity exceeding 910 kilograms per hour, two (2) or more safety valves shall be required. i. Each boiler shall have a steam gauge, with a dial range of not less than one and one-half times and not more than twice the maximum allowable working pressure. It may be connected to the steam space or to the steam connection to the water column. j. Repairs/replacements on any parts shall comply with the applicable section on New Installation of Boilers/Pressure Vessels of the Philippine Mechanical Code. k. Upon the completion of the installation, the Building Official shall conduct an inspection and test, and if found complying with requirements, a certificate of operation for a period not exceeding one (1) year shall be issued after payment of the required inspection fees. l. After a permit has been granted to install a boiler/pressure vessel/pressurized water heater upon payment of the installation fees therefore, it shall be the duty of the Building Official to make periodic inspection of the installation to determine compliance with the approved plans and specifications. m. The Building Official shall notify the owner in writing of the intended date of the annual inspection at least fifteen (15) days in advance but not to exceed thirty (30) days from the intended date of inspection. n. The owner/user shall prepare the boiler(s) for inspection and provide all labor and equipment required during said inspection.
a. The effective temperature and relative humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling shall be maintained at 20°Celsius to 24°Celsius and 50% to 60%, respectively, with 4.60 to 7.60 meters per minute air movement within the living zone. b. Water from evaporators, condensers and other machinery shall be properly collected into a suitable water or drainage system. c. Ducts shall be constructed entirely of non-combustible materials such as steel, iron, aluminum or other approved materials. Only fire retardant lining shall be used on the inside of ducts. d. Access doors shall be provided at all automatic dampers, fire dampers, thermostats and other apparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct system. e. Where ducts pass thru walls, floors or partitions, the space around the duct shall be sealed with fire resistant material equivalent to that of the wall, floor or partition, to prevent the passage of flame or smoke. f. When ducts or their outlets or inlets pass through firewalls, they shall be provided with automatic fire dampers that automatically close on both sides of the firewall through which they pass. g. Fire doors and fire dampers shall be arranged to close automatically and remain tightly closed, upon the operation of a fusible link or other approved heat actuated device, located where readily affected by an abnormal rise of temperature in the duct. h. Each refrigerating system shall be provided with a legible metal sign permanently attached and easily noticeable, indicating thereon the name of manufacturer or installer, kind and total number of kilograms of refrigerant contained in the system and applied field test pressure applied. i. In refrigerating plants of more than 45 kilograms, refrigerant, masks and helmets shall be used. These shall be kept in a suitable cabinet outside the machine room when not in use. j. Not more than 140 kilograms of refrigerant in approved containers shall be stored in a machine room at any given time. k. Where ammonia is used, the discharge may be into tank of water, which shall be used for no other purpose except ammonia absorption. At least 1 liter of water shall be provided for every 120 gallons of ammonia in the system. l. In a refrigerating system containing more than 9 kilograms, stop valves shall be installed in inlets and outlets of compressors, outlets of liquid receivers, and in liquid and suction branch headers. m. Window type air conditioners shall be provided with drainpipe or plastic tubing for discharging condensate water into a suitable container or discharge line. n. Window type air conditioners shall be provided with exhaust ducts if the exhaust is discharged into corridors/hallways/arcades/sidewalks, etc., and shall be installed at not less than 2.10 meters above the floor level.
a. Installation of pumping equipment to supply buildings/structures directly from existing water supply system shall not be allowed. An underground water tank or cistern must be filled by gravity flow from the water supply system, from where pumps can be installed. b. To maintain water pressure in all floors of a building/structure, the following systems may be used: i. Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof supported by the building/structure or on a separate tower.
Water tanks shall be provided with a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a storm drain and shall be fully covered. ii. Pneumatic tank – an unfired pressure vessel, initially full of air, into which water from mains is pumped.
A suitable pressure switch shall stop the pump when pressure required is attained.
Tanks shall be designed for twice the maximum total dynamic pressure required.
An air volume control device shall be installed to maintain correct air volume inside the tank.
a. Piping shall, as much as possible, run parallel to building walls. b. Grouped piping shall be supported on racks, on either horizontal or vertical planes. c. Piping on racks shall have sufficient space for pipe or chain wrenches so that any single line can be altered/repaired/replaced without disturbing the rest. d. Piping 100 millimeters in diameter and above shall be flanged. Smaller sized pipes may be screwed. e. Piping subjected to varying temperatures shall be provided with expansion joints. f. Galvanized piping shall not be used for steam. g. Piping carrying steam, hot water or hot liquids shall not be embedded in concrete walls or floors and shall be properly insulated. h. Piping carrying propane, butane and other gas which are heavier than air, shall be provided with automatic shut-off devices. The automatic shut-off device is most effective if provided to each burner before the flexible connection.
| Material Piped | Pipe Color | Pipe Identification | |------------------------|------------|-----------------------| | Acetylene | Orange | Acetylene | | Acid | Yellow | Acid | | Air-High Pressure | Yellow | H.P. Air | | Air-Low Pressure | Green | L.P. Air | | Ammonia | Yellow | Ammonia | | Argon-Low Pressure | Green | L.P. Argon | | Blast Furnace Glass | Orange | B.F. Gas | | Carbon Dioxide | Red | Carbon Dioxide | | Gasoline | Orange | Gasoline | | Grease | Orange | Grease | | Helium-Low Pressure | Green | L.P. Helium | | Hydrogen | Orange | Hydrogen | | Nitrogen-Low Pressure | Green | L.P. Nitrogen | | Oxygen | Orange | Oxygen | | Oil | Orange | Oil | | Steam-High Pressure | Yellow | H.P. Steam | | Steam-Low Pressure | Yellow | L.P. Steam | | Tar | Orange | Tar | | Producer Gas | Orange | Producer Gas | | Liquid Petroleum Gas | Orange | L.P. Gas | | Vacuum-High | Orange | High Vacuum | | Water-Boiler Feed | Yellow | Boiler Feed Water | | Water-Cold | Green | Cold Water | Material Piped | Pipe Color | Pipe Identification ---|---|--- Water-Distilled | Green | Distilled Water Water (Fire Service) | Red | Fire Service Water Water-Hot | Yellow | Hot Water Water-Low-Pressure (Excl. Of Fire Service) | Green | L.P. Water Water-High Pressure (Excl. of Fire service) | Yellow | H.P. Water Water-Treated | Green | Treated Water Oil and Water (For hydraulic system) | Green | Oil and Water Oil and Water (For hydraulic system) | Orange | Oil and Water RULE XIV - PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMS
a. When unexposed films in generally accepted safety shipping containers exceed the aggregate of 14.00 cu. meters; b. Where shelving used for storage of individual packages not in said shipping containers exceeds 1.40 cu. meters in capacity; and c. Storage is not in generally accepted safety shipping containers in any section not exceeding 14.00 cu. meters.
Unless otherwise provided in the Code, all fire extinguishing systems when so required shall be of a type, specifications, and methods of installation as prescribed in accordance with the requirements of the Secretary. RULE XV – PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION
RULE XVI - PLASTICS
Approved plastic materials shall be those which have a flame-spread rating of two hundred twenty-five (225) or less and a smoke density not greater than that obtained from the burning of untreated wood under similar conditions when tested in accordance with generally accepted engineering practices. The products of combustion shall be no more toxic than the burning of untreated wood under similar conditions.
a. Approved plastics may be used in any type of construction or occupancy as a fire venting system when approved by the Building Official. b. Plastics may be used in approved skylights in Type II one-hour fire-resistive construction which are located 300 millimeters or more above the lower flange of the ceiling. The walls of the skylight well shall be no less fire-resistive than the adjacent ceiling. c. Where a fire-resistive ceiling is not required in one-storey buildings, approved plastics may be used in skylights.
a. Except in Group A Occupancies, no skylight shall be installed within 3.00 meters of a property line. b. The edges of dome-type skylights shall be properly flashed. c. Plastic skylights shall be separated from each other by at least 2.50 meters laterally and 3.00 meters along the slope of the roof.
Where partitions are not required to be of fire-resistive or incombustible construction, approved plastics conforming to the requirements specified in the Code may be used.
RULE XVII - SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHS
RULE XVIII - GLASS AND GLAZING
| THICKNESS (millimeter) | WIDTH (meter) | LENGTH (meter) | |-------------------------|---------------------|---------------------| | 8 | 1.10 and below | 1.10 and below | | 10 | 2.25 and below | 2.25 and below | | 12 | 3.00 and below | 3.00 and below | | 15 | Over 3.00 | Over 3.00 |
Glass firmly supported on all four (4) edges shall be glazed with minimum laps and edge clearances in accordance with Section 1801 paragraph (2), Provided, that glass edge clearance in fixed openings shall be not less than what is required for wind and earthquake drift. For glass not firmly supported on all four (4) edges and design shall be submitted for approval of the Building Official. Glass supports shall be considered firm when deflection of the support at design load does not exceed 1/175 of the span.
Regular plate, sheet, or patterned glass in jalousies and louvered windows shall not be thinner than 5.6 millimeters minimal and shall not be longer than 1.20 meters. Exposed glass edges shall be smooth.
Frameless glass doors, glass in doors, fixed glass panels, and similar glazed openings which may be subject to accidental human impact shall conform with the requirements provided under Section 1802 on impact loads of glass; Except in the following cases:
RULE XIX - THE USE OF COMPUTERS
The use of computer for all or any part of the design of buildings under the Code is permitted provided that all programs to be used are documented.
a. A copy of the output sheets for computer-generated computations shall be submitted as part of the design computations. i. The first sheet of the output sheets shall be signed and sealed by the designer. b. The output sheets shall be accompanied by a certification of a designer and/or consultant that the output sheets are the results obtained through the use of documented programs. The certification should include the identification of the specific program used for each portion of the computer-generated computations being submitted. i. The data provided, as computer input shall be clearly distinguished from those computed in the program. ii. The information required in the output shall include date of processing, program identification, all output data, units and final results. RULE XX - SIGNS
All signs, together with all of their supports, braces, guys, and anchors, shall be kept in repair and in proper state of preservation. The display of all signs shall be kept neatly painted and secured at all times.
Sign structures shall be designed and constructed to resist all forces in accordance with the National Structural Code for Buildings. For signs on buildings, the dead lateral loads shall be transmitted through the structural frame of the building to the ground in such a manner as not to overstress any of the elements of the building. The weight of earth superimposed over footings may be used in determining the dead load resisting moment. Such earth shall be carefully placed and thoroughly compacted.
a. Sign structures may be constructed only in areas where zoning regulations permit them and in accordance with the accepted standards of design, construction and maintenance. b. Roof Signs i. The design and construction of roof signs shall conform to the provisions of Sec. 1210 of the Code. ii. No signs shall be erected, attached to, installed or fastened on rooftops of buildings of wooden structures or of buildings/structures with wooden roof framing. iii. Adequate provisions for grounding metallic parts of roof signs exposed to lightning shall be provided. iv. Installation of warning lights/obstruction lights for air traffic shall be installed where applicable. c. Ground Signs i. Ground signs and advertising ground signs which shall be constructed in conformity with accepted engineering standards, of which height control shall be in conformity with the Local Zoning Regulation (LZR). (Figure XX.1.) ii. Ground sign structures shall be located within the property line and under no circumstances shall they occupy the RROW/street or sidewalk/arcade or similar access-ways. iii. Public or government signs erected or installed within the area of the sidewalk shall be so designed and located that they do not obstruct the easy passage of pedestrians nor distract the attention of motorists. d. Projecting Signs i. On non-arcaded RROW/streets, signs shall not extend more than 1.20 meters over the sidewalk and measured horizontally from the wall line or building line. On arcaded RROW/streets, the signs shall not project more than 0.60 meter from the outermost portion of the wall line of the allowed structure over the arcade. For buildings abutting on RROW/streets or alleys without sidewalks or provisions thereof, the signs shall not project more than 0.30 meter from the outermost portion of the building/structure. (Figures XX.2., XX.3., and XX.4.) ii. A height clearance of not less than 3.00 meters measured from the finished road surface shall be provided below the lowest part of such signs projecting over sidewalks on buildings without arcades and a clearance of not less than 5.00 meters shall be provided below the lowest part of such signs projecting over arcaded RROW/streets. iii. The erection of electric neon signboards or other advertisements of similar nature projecting over roadways or public streets shall be allowed, provided that: (1) Clear distance between the signboards erected on one building is not less than 4.00 meters. (2) Signboards on multi-storey buildings shall be erected on the same vertical line and shall not overlap each other. (3) Tops of signboards shall not extend over the topmost part of the parapet or the bottom line of the eave of the building. (4) Horizontal projections of signboards shall follow subsections (i) and (ii). of this Rule. (5) In case of two (2) adjacent buildings, adjacent signboards shall be placed at a distance of not less than 2.00 meters from the common boundary line. (6) Signboards shall not obstruct any window or emergency exit and shall not be closer than 1.00 meter from electric and telephone posts and wires. e. Wall Signs i. Outdoor display signs placed against the front exterior surface of buildings shall not extend more than 300 millimeters from the wall with its lowest portion not less than 3.00 meters above the sidewalk. ii. Commercial signs shall not be attached to, painted on, installed or displayed on posts/columns, beams/girders or any other exterior portion of arcades and structures for public utilities/services, e.g. mass transit and the like. iii. Display windows or wall signs within 3.00 meters above the sidewalk shall be flushed or recessed.
a. Structural steel shall be of such quality as to conform to ASTM A 36. Secondary members in contact with or directly supporting the display surface may be formed of light gauge steel, provided such members are designed in accordance with the specifications of the design of light gauge steel as specified in ASTM A 242 and, in addition, shall be galvanized. Secondary members, when formed integrally with the display surface, shall be not less than No. 24 gauge in thickness. When not formed integrally with the display surface, the minimum thickness of the secondary members shall be No. 12 gauge. The minimum thickness of hot-rolled steel members furnishing structural support for signs shall be 6.35 millimeters, except that if galvanized, such members shall be not less than 3.18 millimeters thick. Steel pipes shall be of such quality as to conform to ASTM A 36. Steel members may be connected with one galvanized bolt provided that connection is adequate to transfer the stresses in the members. b. Anchors and supports, when of wood and embedded in the soil, or within 150 millimeters of the soil, shall all be of heartwood of a durable species or shall be pressure-treated with an approved preservative.
Signs shall be illuminated only by electrical means in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code. Figure XX.1. GROUND SIGN Figure XX.2. PROJECTING SIGNS PUBLIC ROAD-RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW) OR STREET OUTERMOST FACE OF BUILDING (OFB) PRESCRIBED SETBACK 1/3 2/3 NOTE: ARCADES ALLOWED ONLY AT DULY DESIGNATED RROW PER LOCAL LAWS 1.20 M (MAXIMUM) MAX. LINE OF BUILDING PROJECTION OUTERMOST FACE OF THE BUILDING (OFB) FRONT YARD PROJECTING SIGNS SIGNAGE PYLON OPEN OR NON-ARCADED SIDEWALK CURB LINE ROADWAY 1.00 M (MAXIMUM) CURB LINE 0.50 M (MAXIMUM) POSSIBLE ARCADE STRUCTURE ROOF BUILDING ARCADED SIDEWALK --- Figure XX.3. PROJECTING SIGNS FRONT ELEVATION 4.00 M (MINIMUM) 2.00 M (MINIMUM) 2.00 M (MINIMUM) 4.00 M (MINIMUM) NOTE: ① AND ③ ARE SIGNS ① AND ③ SHALL FALL IN THE SAME VERTICAL LINE ① SHALL NOT OVERLAP SIGNS ② AND ④ SIGNS SHALL NOT EXCEED TOPMOST PART OF PARAPET BUILDING A 3 STOREYS BUILDING B 2 STOREYS ARCADED SIDEWALK SECTION PROJECTING SIGNS 1.00 M (MAXIMUM) ROOF EAVES IF ANY WALL LINE ARCADE STRUCTURE BUILDING ARCADED SIDEWALK CURB LINE ROADWAY Figure XX.4. PROJECTING SIGNS WALL LINE OR PROPERTY LINE MAXIMUM OF 1.00 METER WHEN ARCADE IS PROPOSED AND 1.20 M FOR STREETS WITHOUT PROPOSED ARCADE BUT WITH SIDEWALK 1.00 M. (MINIMUM) ELECTRIC OR TELEPHONE POST PROJECTING SIGNS CURB LINE BUILDING PROPOSED ARCADE ROADWAY SIDEWALK RULE XXI - FINAL PROVISIONS
If any provision of this IRR or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is declared unconstitutional or invalid by a competent court, the other sections and provisions hereof which are not affected thereby shall continue to be in full force and effect.
All Administrative Orders, rules and regulations, memoranda, circulars and other issuances inconsistent herewith or contrary to the provisions of these rules and regulations are hereby repealed or modified accordingly.
This IRR shall take effect fifteen (15) days after its publication once a week for three (3) consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation. APPROVED this ______ of __________________, 2004. (Signed) FLORANTE SORIQUEZ Acting Secretary